Attached files

file filename
EX-21 - EX-21 - META FINANCIAL GROUP INCa09-35093_1ex21.htm
EX-32.2 - EX-32.2 - META FINANCIAL GROUP INCa09-35093_1ex32d2.htm
EX-32.1 - EX-32.1 - META FINANCIAL GROUP INCa09-35093_1ex32d1.htm
EX-23.1 - EX-23.1 - META FINANCIAL GROUP INCa09-35093_1ex23d1.htm
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - META FINANCIAL GROUP INCa09-35093_1ex31d2.htm
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - META FINANCIAL GROUP INCa09-35093_1ex31d1.htm
EX-23.2 - EX-23.2 - META FINANCIAL GROUP INCa09-35093_1ex23d2.htm

Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009

 

OR

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to              

 

Commission file number 0-22140.

 

META FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

(Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

42-1406262

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

 

 

121 East Fifth Street, Storm Lake, Iowa

 

50588

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(712) 732-4117

Registrant’s telephone number:

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

None

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES  o  NO  x

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to be file reports pursuant Section 13 and Section 15(d) of the Act.  YES  x  NO  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES  x  NO  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).  YES  x  NO  o.

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.  (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Smaller Reporting Company x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  YES  o  NO  x

 

As of December 8, 2009, there were outstanding 2,634,215 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock.

 

As of March 31, 2009, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the average of the closing bid and asked prices of such stock on the NASDAQ System as of such date, was $20.9 million.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

PART III of Form 10-K — Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held January 25, 2010.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

[This page left intentionally blank.]

 



Table of Contents

 

META FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

FORM 10-K

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page No.

 

 

Part I.

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Description of Business

3

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

40

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

49

Item 2.

 

Properties

49

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

49

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part II.

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Securities

50

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

51

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

52

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

67

 

 

 

 

Item 8.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

69

Item 9.

 

Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

109

Item 9A(T).

 

Controls and Procedures

109

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

109

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part III.

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

110

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

110

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

110

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

111

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

111

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part IV.

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

112

 

 

 

 

Signatures

 

 

113

 

i



Table of Contents

 

[This page left intentionally blank.]

 



Table of Contents

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Meta Financial Group, Inc.®, (“Meta Financial” or “the Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, MetaBank (the “Bank”), and Meta Trust Company® (“Meta Trust” or the “Trust Company”), may from time to time make written or oral “forward-looking statements,” including statements contained in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), in its reports to shareholders, and in other communications by the Company, which are made in good faith by the Company pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

 

These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to the Company’s beliefs, expectations, estimates, and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, some of which are beyond the Company’s control.  Such statements address, among others, the following subjects:  future operating results; customer retention; loan and other product demand; important components of the Company’s balance sheet and income statements; growth and expansion; new products and services, such as those offered by the Bank or Meta Payment Systems® (“MPS”), a division of the Bank; credit quality and adequacy of reserves; technology; and our employees.  The following factors, among others, could cause the Company’s financial performance to differ materially from the expectations, estimates, and intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements:  the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts operations; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary, and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB” or the “Board”), as well as efforts of the United States Treasury in conjunction with bank regulatory agencies to stimulate the economy and protect the financial system; inflation, interest rate, market, and monetary fluctuations; the timely development of and acceptance of new products and services offered by the Company as well as risks (including litigation) attendant thereto and the perceived overall value of these products and services by users; the risks of dealing with or utilizing third-party vendors; the impact of changes in financial services’ laws and regulations; technological changes, including but not limited to the protection of electronic files or databases; acquisitions; litigation risk in general, including but not limited to those risks involving the MPS division; the growth of the Company’s business as well as expenses related thereto; changes in consumer spending and saving habits; and the success of the Company at managing and collecting assets of borrowers in default.

 

The foregoing list of factors is not exclusive.  Additional discussions of factors affecting the Company’s business and prospects are contained in the Company’s periodic filings with the SEC.  The Company expressly disclaims any intent or obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries.

 

Available Information

 

The Company’s website address is www.bankmeta.com.  The Company makes available, through a link with the SEC’s EDGAR database, free of charge, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and beneficial ownership reports on Forms 3, 4, and 5 as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC.  The information found on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference in this or any other report the Company files or furnishes to the SEC.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

[This page left intentionally blank.]

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PART I

Item 1.                    Description of Business

 

General

 

Meta Financial, a registered unitary savings and loan holding company, is a Delaware corporation, the principal assets of which are all the issued and outstanding shares of the Bank, a federal savings bank.  Meta Financial, on September 20, 1993, acquired all of the capital stock of the Bank in connection with its conversion from the mutual to stock form ownership (the “Conversion”).  On September 30, 1996, Meta Financial became a bank holding company for regulatory purposes upon its acquisition of MetaBank West Central (“MetaBank WC”) until its sale of MetaBank WC in March 2008, at which time Meta Financial became a unitary savings and loan holding company again, all as discussed below.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to the Company include Meta Financial and the Bank, and all subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

After the Conversion, the Company acquired several financial institutions.  On March 28, 1994, Meta Financial acquired Brookings Federal Bank in Brookings, South Dakota (“Brookings Federal”).  On December 29, 1995, Meta Financial acquired Iowa Savings Bank, FSB in Des Moines, Iowa (“Iowa Savings”).  Brookings Federal and Iowa Savings were both merged with, and now operate as market areas of, the Bank.  On September 30, 1996, Meta Financial completed the acquisition of Central West Bancorporation (“CWB”), the holding company for MetaBank WC, which upon the merger of CWB into Meta Financial resulted in MetaBank WC becoming a stand-alone commercial bank subsidiary of Meta Financial.  On March 28, 2008, the Company sold MetaBank WC and reclassified financial information as discontinued bank operations in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in the Annual Report for fiscal 2007.  As such, information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been adjusted to eliminate the effect of discontinued bank operations unless otherwise indicated.

 

The Bank, the only direct, active full service banking subsidiary of Meta Financial, is a community-oriented financial institution offering a variety of financial services to meet the needs of the communities it serves and a payments company that provides services nationwide.  The Company provides a full range of financial services.  The principal business of the Bank has historically consisted of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those funds primarily in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial and multi-family real estate, agricultural operations and real estate, construction, and consumer and commercial business loans primarily in the Bank’s market areas.  Due to the recent economy, originations of commercial and multi-family real estate loans and commercial business loans are down compared to prior years.  The Bank also purchases loan participations from time to time from other financial institutions.  The Bank also purchases mortgage-backed securities and other investments permissible under applicable regulations.  In 2004, the Bank created a division known as MPS, which issues various prepaid cards, consumer credit products, and sponsors ATMs into various debit networks and offers other payment industry products and services.  MPS generates fee income and low- and no-cost deposits for the Bank through its activities.  As noted in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which is included  in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, MPS is expanding and plays a significant role in the Company’s financial performance.

 

The Company’s revenues are derived primarily from interest on commercial and residential mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities, fees generated through the activities of MPS, other investments, consumer loans, agricultural operating loans, commercial business loans, income from service charges, loan origination fees, and loan servicing fee income.

 

Meta Financial also owns Meta Trust, a South Dakota trust corporation.  Meta Trust, established in April 2002 as a South Dakota corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Meta Financial, provides a full range of trust services.  First Midwest Financial Capital Trust, also a wholly-owned subsidiary of Meta Financial, was established in July 2001 for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities.

 

Meta Financial, the Bank and Meta Trust are subject to comprehensive regulation and supervision.  See “Regulation” herein.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

The home office of the Company is located at 121 East Fifth Street, Storm Lake, Iowa 50588.  Its telephone number at that address is (712) 732-4117.

 

Market Areas

 

The Bank has four market areas and the MPS division: Northwest Iowa (“NWI”), Brookings, Central Iowa (“CI”), and Sioux Empire (“SE”).  The Bank’s headquarters is located at 121 East Fifth Street in Storm Lake, Iowa.  NWI operates two offices in Storm Lake, Iowa.  Brookings operates one office in Brookings, South Dakota.  CI operates a total of six offices in Iowa:  Des Moines (3), West Des Moines (2) and Urbandale.  SE operates three offices and one administrative office in Sioux Falls, SD.  MPS, which offers prepaid cards and other payment industry products and services nationwide, operates out of Sioux Falls, South Dakota and has an administrative office in Omaha, Nebraska.  See “Meta Payment Systems® Division.”

 

The Company has a total of twelve full-service branch offices, and one non-retail service branch in Memphis, Tennessee.

 

The Company’s primary commercial banking market area includes the Iowa counties of Buena Vista, Dallas and Polk, and the South Dakota counties of Brookings, Lincoln, Minnehaha and Moody.  Iowa ranks sixth “most livable” state in the nation (Morgan Quinto State Rankings, 2007), and has low corporate income and franchise taxes.  South Dakota ranks first in students per computer (Education Weekly, Technology Counts 2006), ninth “most livable” state in the nation (Morgan Quinto State Rankings, 2007 and has no corporate income tax, personal income tax, personal property tax, business inventory tax, or inheritance tax.

 

Storm Lake is located in Iowa’s Buena Vista County approximately 150 miles northwest of Des Moines and 200 miles southwest of Minneapolis.  Like much of the state of Iowa, Storm Lake and the surrounding market area are highly dependent upon farming and agricultural markets.  Major employers in the area include Buena Vista Regional Medical Center, Tyson Foods, Sara Lee Foods, and Buena Vista University.  The Northwest Iowa market operates two offices in Storm Lake.

 

Brookings is located in Brookings County, South Dakota, approximately 50 miles north of Sioux Falls and 200 miles west of Minneapolis.  The Bank’s market area encompasses approximately a 30-mile radius of Brookings.  The area is generally rural, and agriculture is a significant industry in the community.  South Dakota State University is the largest employer in Brookings.  The community also has several manufacturing companies, including 3M, Larson Manufacturing, Daktronics, Falcon Plastics, Twin City Fan, and Rainbow Play Systems, Inc.  The Brookings market operates from an office located in downtown Brookings.

 

Des Moines, Iowa’s capital is located in central Iowa.  The Des Moines market area encompasses Polk County and surrounding counties.  The Bank’s Central Iowa main office is located in the heart of downtown Des Moines.  The Urbandale office is in a high growth area just off I-80 at the intersection of two major streets.  The West Des Moines office operates near a high-traffic intersection, across from a major shopping mall.  The Ingersoll office is located near the heart of Des Moines, on a major thoroughfare, in a densely populated area.  The Highland Park facility is located in a historical district approximately five minutes north of downtown Des Moines.  The Jordan Creek office is located near Jordan Creek Town Center in West Des Moines, one of the fastest growing communities in the State of Iowa and the Greater Des Moines area.  The Des Moines metro area is one of the top three insurance centers in the world, with sixty-seven insurance company headquarters and over one hundred regional insurance offices.  Major employers include Principal Life Insurance Company, Iowa Health — Des Moines, Mercy Hospital Medical Center, Hy-Vee Food Stores, Inc., City of Des Moines, United Parcel Service, Nationwide Mutual Insurance Co., Pioneer Hi Bred International Inc., and Wells Fargo Financial and Home Mortgage.  Universities and colleges in the area include Des Moines Area Community College, Drake University, Simpson College, Des Moines University — Osteopathic Medical Center, Grand View College, AIB College of Business, and Upper Iowa University.  The unemployment rate in the Des Moines metro area was 6.1% as of September 2009.

 

Sioux Falls is located at the crossroads of Interstates 29 and 90 in southeast South Dakota, 270 miles southwest of Minneapolis.  The Sioux Falls market area encompasses Minnehaha and Lincoln counties.  The main branch is located at the high growth area of 57th and Western.  Other branches are located at 33rd and Minnesota and the intersection of 12th and Elmwood.  Major employers in the area include Sanford Health, Avera McKennan

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Hospital, John Morrell & Company, Citibank (South Dakota) NA, and Hy-Vee Food Stores.  Sioux Falls is home to Augustana College and The University of Sioux Falls.  The unemployment rate in Sioux Falls was 4.6% as of September 2009.

 

Several of the Company’s market areas are dependent on agriculture-related businesses, which are exposed to exogenous risk factors such as weather conditions and commodity prices.  Presently, economic conditions in the agricultural sector of the Company’s market area are relatively strong.  Higher yields will help offset commodity prices; however, higher moisture content will drive up the cost of production due to increased drying costs.  The agricultural economy is accustomed to commodity price fluctuations and is generally able to handle such fluctuations without significant problems.  Although there has been minimal effect observed to date, an extended period of low commodity prices, higher input costs or poor weather conditions could result in a reduced demand for goods and services provided by agriculture-related businesses, which could also affect other businesses in the Company’s market area.

 

Lending Activities

 

General.  Historically, the Company originated fixed-rate, one- to four-family mortgage loans.  In the early 1980s, the Company began to focus on the origination of adjustable-rate mortgage (“ARM”) loans and short-term loans for retention in its portfolio in order to increase the percentage of loans in its portfolio with more frequent repricing or shorter maturities, and in some cases higher yields, than fixed-rate residential mortgage loans.  The Company, however, has digressed from ARM loans and pursued fixed-rate residential mortgage loan originations in response to consumer demand, although most such loans are generally sold in the secondary market.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which is included in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on Asset/Liability Management.

 

More recently, the Company has focused its lending activities on the origination of commercial and multi-family real estate loans, and to a lesser extent, commercial business loans.  The Company also continues to originate one-to-four family mortgage loans, consumer loans and agriculturally related loans.  The Company originates most of its loans in its primary market area.  At September 30, 2009, the Company’s net loan portfolio totaled $391.6 million, or 46.9% of the Company’s total assets.

 

Loan applications are initially considered and approved at various levels of authority, depending on the type and amount of the loan.  The Company has a loan committee consisting of senior lenders and Market Presidents, and is led by the Chief Lending Officer.  Loans in excess of certain amounts require approval by at least two members of the entire loan committee, a majority of the entire loan committee, or by the Company’s Board of Directors, which has responsibility for the overall supervision of the loan portfolio.  The Company reserves the right to discontinue, adjust or create new lending programs to respond to competitive factors.

 

At September 30, 2009, the Company’s largest lending relationship to a single borrower or group of related borrowers totaled $8.0 million.  The Company had 24 other lending relationships in excess of $1.7 million as of September 30, 2009.  At September 30, 2009, one of these loans totaling $5.4 million was classified as substandard and one totaling $5.0 million was classified as doubtful.  See “ Non-Performing Assets, Other Loans of Concern, and Classified Assets.”

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Loan Portfolio Composition.  The following table provides information about the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages (before deductions for loans in process, deferred fees and discounts and allowances for losses) as of the dates indicated.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

At September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

$

48,770

 

12.2

%

$

56,362

 

13.0

%

$

45,407

 

12.6

%

$

58,165

 

15.4

%

$

68,138

 

15.7

%

Commercial & Multi Family

 

232,750

 

58.4

%

222,651

 

51.2

%

169,877

 

47.1

%

159,107

 

42.2

%

201,431

 

46.6

%

Agricultural

 

26,755

 

6.7

%

30,046

 

6.9

%

16,582

 

4.6

%

14,098

 

3.7

%

12,773

 

3.0

%

Total Real Estate Loans

 

308,275

 

77.3

%

309,059

 

71.1

%

231,866

 

64.3

%

231,370

 

61.3

%

282,342

 

65.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home Equity

 

18,555

 

4.7

%

21,353

 

4.9

%

23,832

 

6.6

%

24,559

 

6.5

%

24,140

 

5.6

%

Automobile

 

928

 

0.2

%

922

 

0.2

%

1,241

 

0.4

%

1,708

 

0.5

%

2,135

 

0.5

%

Other (1)

 

16,516

 

4.1

%

27,054

 

6.3

%

11,690

 

3.2

%

3,800

 

1.0

%

4,203

 

0.9

%

Total Consumer Loans

 

35,999

 

9.0

%

49,329

 

11.4

%

36,763

 

10.2

%

30,067

 

8.0

%

30,478

 

7.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agricultural Operating

 

27,889

 

7.0

%

31,153

 

7.2

%

33,143

 

9.2

%

28,661

 

7.6

%

23,084

 

5.4

%

Commercial Business

 

26,869

 

6.7

%

44,972

 

10.3

%

58,705

 

16.3

%

87,202

 

23.1

%

96,467

 

22.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Other Loans

 

90,757

 

22.7

%

125,454

 

28.9

%

128,611

 

35.7

%

145,930

 

38.7

%

150,029

 

34.7

%

Total Loans

 

399,032

 

100.0

%

434,513

 

100.0

%

360,477

 

100.0

%

377,300

 

100.0

%

432,371

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in Process

 

264

 

 

 

693

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

1,773

 

 

 

9,733

 

 

 

Deferred Fees and Discounts

 

166

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

277

 

 

 

Allowance for Losses

 

6,993

 

 

 

5,732

 

 

 

4,493

 

 

 

6,391

 

 

 

6,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans Receivable, Net

 

$

391,609

 

 

 

$

427,928

 

 

 

$

355,612

 

 

 

$

368,959

 

 

 

$

415,568

 

 

 

 


(1)           Consist generally of various types of secured and unsecured consumer loans.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio by fixed and adjustable rate at the dates indicated.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Rate Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

$

42,310

 

10.6

%

$

42,952

 

9.9

%

$

34,157

 

9.5

%

$

45,593

 

11.8

%

$

38,921

 

9.0

%

Commercial & Multi Family

 

180,891

 

45.3

%

171,114

 

39.4

%

128,495

 

35.6

%

113,072

 

29.1

%

126,275

 

29.2

%

Agricultural

 

17,317

 

4.4

%

20,262

 

4.6

%

11,610

 

3.2

%

8,229

 

2.4

%

6,347

 

1.5

%

Total Fixed-Rate Real Estate Loans

 

240,518

 

60.3

%

234,328

 

53.9

%

174,262

 

48.3

%

166,894

 

43.3

%

171,543

 

39.7

%

Consumer

 

17,398

 

4.4

%

42,192

 

9.7

%

21,470

 

6.0

%

21,128

 

5.6

%

17,066

 

3.9

%

Agricultural Operating

 

15,752

 

3.9

%

16,840

 

3.9

%

16,519

 

4.6

%

15,145

 

4.1

%

7,161

 

1.7

%

Commercial Business

 

15,576

 

3.9

%

25,224

 

5.8

%

31,386

 

8.7

%

36,701

 

9.6

%

35,252

 

8.1

%

Total Fixed-Rate Loans

 

289,244

 

72.5

%

318,584

 

73.3

%

243,637

 

67.6

%

239,868

 

62.6

%

231,022

 

53.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustable Rate Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

6,460

 

1.6

%

13,410

 

3.1

%

11,250

 

3.1

%

12,572

 

3.2

%

29,217

 

6.7

%

Commercial & Multi Family

 

51,859

 

13.0

%

51,537

 

11.9

%

41,382

 

11.5

%

46,035

 

13.1

%

75,156

 

17.4

%

Agricultural

 

9,438

 

2.4

%

9,784

 

2.2

%

4,972

 

1.4

%

5,869

 

1.7

%

6,426

 

1.5

%

Total Adjustable Real Estate Loans

 

67,757

 

17.0

%

74,731

 

17.2

%

57,604

 

16.0

%

64,476

 

18.0

%

110,799

 

25.6

%

Consumer

 

18,601

 

4.7

%

7,137

 

1.6

%

15,293

 

4.2

%

8,939

 

2.3

%

13,412

 

3.1

%

Agricultural Operating

 

12,137

 

3.0

%

14,313

 

3.3

%

16,624

 

4.6

%

13,516

 

3.5

%

15,923

 

3.7

%

Commercial Business

 

11,293

 

2.8

%

19,748

 

4.6

%

27,319

 

7.6

%

50,500

 

13.6

%

61,215

 

14.2

%

Total Adjustable Loans

 

109,788

 

27.5

%

115,929

 

26.7

%

116,840

 

32.4

%

137,431

 

37.4

%

201,349

 

46.6

%

Total Loans

 

399,032

 

100.0

%

434,513

 

100.0

%

360,477

 

100.0

%

377,300

 

100.0

%

432,371

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans in Process

 

264

 

 

 

693

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

1,773

 

 

 

9,733

 

 

 

Deferred Fees and Discounts

 

166

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

277

 

 

 

Allowance for Losses

 

6,993

 

 

 

5,732

 

 

 

4,493

 

 

 

6,391

 

 

 

6,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans Receivable, Net

 

$

391,609

 

 

 

$

427,928

 

 

 

$

355,612

 

 

 

$

368,959

 

 

 

$

415,568

 

 

 

 

7



Table of Contents

 

The following table illustrates the interest rate sensitivity of the Company’s loan portfolio at September 30, 2009.  Mortgages which have adjustable or renegotiable interest rates are shown as maturing in the period during which the contract reprices.  The table reflects management’s estimate of the effects of loan prepayments or curtailments based on data from the Company’s historical experiences and other third party sources.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

Real Estate (1)

 

Consumer

 

Commercial Business

 

Agricultural Operating

 

Total

 

Due During Years
Ending September 30,

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010 (2)

 

$

41,023

 

5.35

%

$

18,544

 

6.27

%

$

10,065

 

5.01

%

$

19,791

 

4.77

%

$

89,423

 

5.20

%

2011-2012

 

24,865

 

5.63

%

4,568

 

7.46

%

7,873

 

4.57

%

2,025

 

6.16

%

39,331

 

5.65

%

2013 and following

 

242,387

 

6.18

%

12,887

 

6.21

%

8,931

 

6.27

%

6,073

 

6.17

%

270,278

 

6.19

%

Total

 

$

308,275

 

 

 

$

35,999

 

 

 

$

26,869

 

 

 

$

27,889

 

 

 

$

399,032

 

 

 

 


(1) Includes one-to-four family, multi family, commercial and agricultural real estate loans.

 

(2) Includes demand loans, loans having no stated maturity and overdraft loans.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

One- to Four-Family Residential Mortgage Lending.  One- to four-family residential mortgage loan originations are generated by the Company’s marketing efforts, its present customers, walk-in customers and referrals.  At September 30, 2009, the Company’s one- to four-family residential mortgage loan portfolio totaled $48.8 million, or 12% of the Company’s total gross loan portfolio.  See “Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing of Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities.”  At September 30, 2009, the average outstanding principal balance of a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan was approximately $68,000.

 

The Company offers fixed-rate and ARM loans for both permanent structures and those under construction. During the year ended September 30, 2009, the Company originated $5.8 million of adjustable-rate loans and $49.6 million of fixed-rate loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate.  The Company’s one- to four-family residential mortgage originations are secured primarily by properties located in its primary market area and surrounding areas.

 

The Company originates one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with terms up to a maximum of 30-years and with loan-to-value ratios up to 100% of the lesser of the appraised value of the security property or the contract price.  The Company generally requires that private mortgage insurance be obtained in an amount sufficient to reduce the Company’s exposure to at or below the 80% loan-to-value level, unless the loan is insured by the Federal Housing Administration, guaranteed by Veterans Affairs or guaranteed by the Rural Housing Administration.  Residential loans generally do not include prepayment penalties.

 

The Company currently offers one, three, five, seven and ten year ARM loans.  These loans have a fixed-rate for the stated period and, thereafter, such loans adjust annually.  These loans generally provide for an annual cap of up to a 200 basis points and a lifetime cap of 600 basis points over the initial rate.  As a consequence of using an initial fixed-rate and caps, the interest rates on these loans may not be as rate sensitive as is the Company’s cost of funds.  The Company’s ARMs do not permit negative amortization of principal and are not convertible into a fixed rate loan.  The Company’s delinquency experience on its ARM loans has generally been similar to its experience on fixed rate residential loans.  Current market conditions make ARM loans unattractive and very few are originated.

 

Due to consumer demand, the Company also offers fixed-rate mortgage loans with terms up to 30 years, most of which conform to secondary market, i.e., Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae, and Freddie Mac standards.  Interest rates charged on these fixed-rate loans are competitively priced according to market conditions.  The Company currently sells most, but not all, of its fixed-rate loans with terms greater than 15 years.

 

In underwriting one- to four-family residential real estate loans, the Company evaluates both the borrower’s ability to make monthly payments and the value of the property securing the loan.  Most properties securing real estate loans made by the Company are appraised by independent fee appraisers approved by the Board of Directors.  The Company generally requires borrowers to obtain an attorney’s title opinion or title insurance, and fire and property insurance (including flood insurance, if necessary) in an amount not less than the amount of the loan.  Real estate loans originated by the Company generally contain a “due on sale” clause allowing the Company to declare the unpaid principal balance due and payable upon the sale of the security property.  The Company has not engaged in sub-prime residential mortgage originations.

 

Commercial and Multi-Family Real Estate Lending.  The Company engages in commercial and multi-family real estate lending in its primary market area and surrounding areas and has purchased whole loan and participation interests in loans from other financial institutions.  At September 30, 2009, the Company’s commercial and multi-family real estate loan portfolio totaled $232.7 million, or 58% of the Company’s total gross loan portfolio.  The purchased loans and loan participation interests are generally secured by properties located in the Midwest and West.  See “Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing of Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities.”  The Company, in order to supplement its loan portfolio and consistent with management’s objectives to expand the Company’s commercial and multi-family loan portfolio, purchased $41.7 million, $39.8 million, and $19.8 million, of such loans during fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  At September 30, 2009, $11.5 million, or 5.0%, of the Company’s commercial and multi-family real estate loans was non-performing.  See “Non-Performing Assets, Other Loans of Concern and Classified Assets.”

 

The Company’s commercial and multi-family real estate loan portfolio is secured primarily by apartment buildings, office buildings, and hotels.  Commercial and multi-family real estate loans generally have terms that do

 

9



Table of Contents

 

not exceed 20 years, have loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% of the appraised value of the security property, and are typically secured by personal guarantees of the borrowers.  The Company has a variety of rate adjustment features and other terms in its commercial and multi-family real estate loan portfolio.  Commercial and multi-family real estate loans provide for a margin over a number of different indices.  In underwriting these loans, the Company currently analyzes the financial condition of the borrower, the borrower’s credit history, and the reliability and predictability of the cash flow generated by the property securing the loan.  Appraisals on properties securing commercial real estate loans originated by the Company are performed by independent appraisers.

 

At September 30, 2009, the Company’s largest commercial and multi-family real estate loan was an $8.0 million loan secured by real estate.  At September 30, 2009, the average outstanding principal balance of a commercial or multi-family real estate loan held by the Company was approximately $683,000.

 

Commercial and multi-family real estate loans generally present a higher level of risk than loans secured by one- to four-family residences.  This greater risk is due to several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effect of general economic conditions on income producing properties and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans.  Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by commercial and multi-family real estate is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project.  If the cash flow from the project is reduced (for example, if leases are not obtained or renewed, or a bankruptcy court modifies a lease term, or a major tenant is unable to fulfill its lease obligations), the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired.  At September 30, 2009, the Bank’s nonresidential real estate loans totaled 333% of risk-based capital.

 

Agricultural Lending.  The Company originates loans to finance the purchase of farmland, livestock, farm machinery and equipment, seed, fertilizer and other farm related products.  At September 30, 2009, the Company had agricultural real estate loans secured by farmland of $26.8 million or 7% of the Company’s gross loan portfolio.  At the same date, $27.9 million, or 7% of the Company’s gross loan portfolio, consisted of secured loans related to agricultural operations.

 

Agricultural operating loans are originated at either an adjustable or fixed rate of interest for up to a one year term or, in the case of livestock, upon sale.  Most agricultural operating loans have terms of one year or less.  Such loans provide for payments of principal and interest at least annually or a lump sum payment upon maturity if the original term is less than one year.  Loans secured by agricultural machinery are generally originated as fixed-rate loans with terms of up to seven years.  At September 30, 2009, the average outstanding principal balance of an agricultural operating loan held by the Company was $104,000.  At September 30, 2009, none of the Company’s agricultural operating loans was non-performing.

 

Agricultural real estate loans are frequently originated with adjustable rates of interest.  Generally, such loans provide for a fixed rate of interest for the first one to five years, which then balloon or adjust annually thereafter.  In addition, such loans generally amortize over a period of ten to 20 years.  Adjustable-rate agricultural real estate loans provide for a margin over the yields on the corresponding U.S. Treasury security or prime rate.  Fixed-rate agricultural real estate loans generally have terms up to five years.  Agricultural real estate loans are generally limited to 75% of the value of the property securing the loan.  At September 30, 2009, none of the Company’s agricultural real estate portfolio was non-performing.

 

Agricultural lending affords the Company the opportunity to earn yields higher than those obtainable on one- to four-family residential lending.  Nevertheless, agricultural lending involves a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because of the typically larger loan amount.  In addition, payments on loans are dependent on the successful operation or management of the farm property securing the loan or for which an operating loan is utilized.  The success of the loan may also be affected by many factors outside the control of the farm borrower.

 

Weather presents one of the greatest risks as hail, drought, floods, or other conditions, can severely limit crop yields and thus impair loan repayments and the value of the underlying collateral.  This risk can be reduced by the farmer with a variety of insurance coverages which can help to ensure loan repayment.  Government support programs and the Company generally require that farmers procure crop insurance coverage.  Grain and livestock prices also present a risk as prices may decline prior to sale resulting in a failure to cover production costs.  These

 

10



Table of Contents

 

risks may be reduced by the farmer with the use of futures contracts or options to mitigate price risk.  The Company frequently requires borrowers to use future contracts or options to reduce price risk and help ensure loan repayment.  Another risk is the uncertainty of government programs and other regulations.  During periods of low commodity prices, the income from government programs can be a significant source of cash to make loan payments and if these programs are discontinued or significantly changed, cash flow problems or defaults could result.  Finally, many farms are dependent on a limited number of key individuals upon whose injury or death may result in an inability to successfully operate the farm.

 

Consumer Lending.  The Company offers a variety of secured consumer loans, including home equity, home improvement, automobile, boat and loans secured by savings deposits.  In addition, the Company offers other secured and unsecured consumer loans.  The Company currently originates most of its consumer loans in its primary market area and surrounding areas.  The Company originates consumer loans on both a direct and indirect basis.  At September 30, 2009, the Company’s consumer loan portfolio totaled $36.0 million, or 9% of its total gross loan portfolio.  Of the consumer loan portfolio at September 30, 2009, $17.4 million were short- and intermediate-term, fixed-rate loans, while $18.6 million were adjustable-rate loans.

 

The largest component of the Company’s consumer loan portfolio consists of home equity loans and lines of credit.  Substantially all of the Company’s home equity loans and lines of credit are secured by second mortgages on principal residences.  The Company will lend amounts which, together with all prior liens, typically may be up to 100% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan.  Home equity loans and lines of credit generally have maximum terms of five years.

 

The Company primarily originates automobile loans on a direct basis, but also originates indirect automobile loans on a very limited basis.  Direct loans are loans made when the Company extends credit directly to the borrower, as opposed to indirect loans, which are made when the Company purchases loan contracts, often at a discount, from automobile dealers which have extended credit to their customers.  The Company’s automobile loans typically are originated at fixed interest rates with terms up to 60 months for new and used vehicles.  Loans secured by automobiles are generally originated for up to 80% of the N.A.D.A. book value of the automobile securing the loan.

 

Consumer loan terms vary according to the type and value of collateral, length of contract and creditworthiness of the borrower.  The underwriting standards employed by the Company for consumer loans include an application, a determination of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and an assessment of ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan.  Although creditworthiness of the applicant is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the security, if any, in relation to the proposed loan amount.

 

Consumer loans may entail greater credit risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured or are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles or recreational equipment.  In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.  In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances.  Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.  At September 30, 2009, none of the Company’s consumer loan portfolio was non-performing.

 

MPS Lending Activities.  MPS has a loan committee consisting of members of Executive Management, and is led by the Senior Vice President of Credit for MPS.  The MPS Credit Committee (the “Committee”) is charged with monitoring, evaluating, and reporting portfolio performance and the overall credit risk posed by its credit products.  All proposed credit programs must first be reviewed and approved by the Committee before such programs are presented to the Company’s Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for final approval of any credit program.

 

The Company believes that well-managed, nationwide credit programs can help meet legitimate credit needs for prime and sub-prime borrowers, and affords the Company an opportunity to diversify the loan portfolio and minimize earnings exposure due to economic downturns.  Therefore, MPS designs and administers certain credit

 

11



Table of Contents

 

programs that accomplish these objectives.  MPS’ programs are managed prudently, in accordance with governing rules and regulations, and without unnecessary exposure to the capital base.  To this end, management believes that MPS administers its credit programs in conformance with federal and state laws, regulations, guidance, applicable association rules and regulations, as well as all standards and best practices for safe and sound lending.

 

MPS strives to offer consumers innovative payment products, including credit products.  Most credit products will fall into one of two general categories: (1) sponsorship lending and (2) portfolio lending.  In a sponsorship lending model, MPS typically originates loans and sells (without recourse) the resulting receivables to third party investors equipped to take the associated credit risk.  MPS’s sponsorship lending programs are governed by the Policy for Sponsorship Lending which has been approved by the Board of Directors.  A Portfolio Credit Policy which has been approved by the Board of Directors governs portfolio credit initiatives undertaken by MPS, whereby the Company retains some or all receivables and relies on the borrower as the underlying source of repayment.  Several portfolio lending programs also have a contractual provision that indemnifies MPS and the Bank for credit losses that meet or exceed predetermined levels.  Such a program carries additional risks not commonly found in sponsorship programs, specifically funding and credit risk.  Therefore, MPS strives to employ policies, procedures, and information systems that are commensurate with the added risk and exposure.

 

The Company recognizes that concentrations of credit may naturally occur and may take the form of a large volume of related loans to an individual, a specific industry, a geographic location, or an occupation.  Credit Concentration is a direct, indirect, or contingent obligation that has a common bond where the aggregate exposure equals or exceeds a certain percentage of the Bank’s Tier 1 Capital plus the Allowance for Loan and Credit Card Losses.

 

The MPS Credit Committee monitors and identifies the credit concentrations and evaluates the specific nature of each concentration to determine the potential risk to the Bank.  An evaluation includes the following:

 

·                  A recommendation regarding additional controls needed to mitigate the concentration exposure.

 

·                  A limitation or cap placed on the size of the concentration.

 

·                  The potential necessity of increased capital and/or credit reserves to cover the increased risk caused by the concentration(s).

 

·                  A strategy to reduce to acceptable levels those concentration(s) that are determined to create undue risk to the Bank.

 

Commercial Business Lending.  The Company also originates commercial business loans.  Most of the Company’s commercial business loans have been extended to finance local and regional businesses and include short-term loans to finance machinery and equipment purchases, inventory and accounts receivable.  Commercial loans also involve the extension of revolving credit for a combination of equipment acquisitions and working capital in expanding companies.  At September 30, 2009, $26.9 million, or 7% of the Company’s total gross loan portfolio, was comprised of commercial business loans.

 

The maximum term for loans extended on machinery and equipment is based on the projected useful life of such machinery and equipment.  Generally, the maximum term on non-mortgage lines of credit is one year.  The loan-to-value ratio on such loans and lines of credit generally may not exceed 80% of the value of the collateral securing the loan.  The Company’s commercial business lending policy includes credit file documentation and analysis of the borrower’s character, capacity to repay the loan, the adequacy of the borrower’s capital and collateral as well as an evaluation of conditions affecting the borrower.  Analysis of the borrower’s past, present and future cash flows is also an important aspect of the Company’s current credit analysis.  Nonetheless, such loans are believed to carry higher credit risk than more traditional investments.

 

The largest commercial business loan outstanding at September 30, 2009 was a $4.9 million loan secured by commercial inventory of the borrower.  The next largest commercial business loan outstanding at September 30, 2009 was a $4.1 million loan secured by assets of the borrower.  At September 30, 2009, the average outstanding principal balance of a commercial business loan held by the Company was approximately $101,000.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business.  As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself (which, in turn, is likely to be dependent upon the general economic environment).  The Company’s commercial business loans are usually, but not always, secured by business assets and personal guarantees.  However, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.  At September 30, 2009, $871,000, or 3.2%, of the Company’s commercial business loan portfolio was non-performing.  Commercial business loans have been a declining percentage of the Company’s loan portfolio since 2005.

 

Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing of Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

Loans are generally originated by the Company’s staff of loan officers.  Loan applications are taken and processed in the branches and the main office of the Company.  While the Company originates both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans, its ability to originate loans is dependent upon the relative customer demand for loans in its market.  Demand is affected by the interest rate and economic environment.

 

The Company, from time to time, sells whole loans and loan participations, generally without recourse.  At September 30, 2009, there were no loans outstanding sold with recourse.  When loans are sold, the Company sometimes retains the responsibility for collecting and remitting loan payments, making certain that real estate tax payments are made on behalf of borrowers, and otherwise servicing the loans.  The servicing fee is recognized as income over the life of the loans.  The Company services loans that it originated and sold totaling $26.8 million at September 30, 2009, of which $17.0 million were sold to Fannie Mae and $9.8 million were sold to others.

 

In periods of economic uncertainty, the Company’s ability to originate large dollar volumes of loans may be substantially reduced or restricted, with a resultant decrease in related loan origination fees, other fee income and operating earnings.  In addition, the Company’s ability to sell loans may substantially decrease as potential buyers (principally government agencies) reduce their purchasing activities.

 

The following table shows the loan originations (including undisbursed portions of loans in process), purchases and advances on purchased loans, and repayment activities of the Company for the periods indicated.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Originations by Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustable Rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate - 1-4 Family

 

$

5,783

 

$

14,068

 

$

5,850

 

-Commercial and Multi-Family

 

13,168

 

34,894

 

18,874

 

-Agricultural Real Estate

 

6,847

 

2,058

 

551

 

Non-Real Estate - Consumer

 

60,393

 

183,643

 

1,287

 

-Commercial Business

 

27,224

 

60,502

 

59,798

 

-Agricultural Operating

 

22,374

 

27,674

 

31,188

 

Total Adjustable Rate

 

135,789

 

322,839

 

117,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate - 1-4 Family

 

49,566

 

38,090

 

50,114

 

-Commercial and Multi-Family

 

43,688

 

107,296

 

55,518

 

-Agricultural Real Estate

 

3,106

 

8,978

 

3,599

 

Non-Real Estate - Consumer

 

405,001

 

180,210

 

3,224

 

-Commercial Business

 

9,471

 

29,647

 

22,153

 

-Agricultural Operating

 

39,512

 

39,143

 

22,320

 

Total Fixed-Rate

 

550,344

 

403,364

 

156,928

 

Total Loans Originated

 

686,133

 

726,203

 

274,476

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate - 1-4 Family

 

1,116

 

1,079

 

156

 

-Commercial and Multi-Family

 

41,745

 

39,830

 

19,826

 

- Agricultural Real Estate

 

7,497

 

215

 

342

 

Non-Real Estate - Commercial Business

 

 

7,561

 

22,321

 

- Agricultural Operating

 

 

6,605

 

400

 

Total Loans

 

50,358

 

55,290

 

43,045

 

Total Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

287,113

 

102,790

 

11,682

 

Total Purchased

 

337,471

 

158,080

 

54,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and Repayments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate - 1-4 Family

 

 

6,152

 

10,695

 

Real Estate - Commercial and Multi-Family

 

 

2,296

 

3,587

 

Non-Real Estate - Consumer

 

268,730

 

257,119

 

 

Total Loans

 

268,730

 

265,567

 

14,282

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

32,478

 

16,990

 

 

Total Sales

 

301,208

 

282,557

 

14,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan Principal Repayments

 

511,200

 

431,372

 

(180,491

)

Mortgage-Backed Securities Repayments

 

91,486

 

34,417

 

26,893

 

Total Principal Repayments

 

602,686

 

465,789

 

(153,598

)

Total Reductions

 

903,894

 

748,346

 

(139,316

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in other items, net

 

7,120

 

(4,682

)

26,559

 

Net Increase (Decrease)

 

$

126,830

 

$

131,255

 

$

(32,978

)

 

14



Table of Contents

 

At September 30, 2009, approximately $67.7 million, or 17.0%, of the Company’s gross loan portfolio consisted of purchased loans.  The Company believes that purchasing loans outside of its market area assists the Company in diversifying its portfolio and may lessen the adverse affects on the Company’s business or operations which could result in the event of a downturn or weakening of the local economy in which the Company conducts its primary operations.  However, additional risks are associated with purchasing loans outside of the Company’s market area, including the lack of knowledge of the local market and difficulty in monitoring and inspecting the property securing the loans.

 

At September 30, 2009, the Company’s purchased loans were secured by properties located, as a percentage of total loans, as follows: 7% in Oregon, 3% in Iowa, 2% in Washington, 1% each in Minnesota, North Dakota, Florida and Missouri, and the remaining 1% in nine other states.

 

Non-Performing Assets, Other Loans of Concern, and Classified Assets

 

When a borrower fails to make a required payment on real estate secured loans and consumer loans within 16 days after the payment is due, the Company generally initiates collection procedures by mailing a delinquency notice.  The customer is contacted again, by written notice or telephone, before the payment is 30 days past due and again before 60 days past due.  In most cases, delinquencies are cured promptly; however, if a loan has been delinquent for more than 90 days, satisfactory payment arrangements must be adhered to or the Company will initiate foreclosure or repossession.

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s loan delinquencies by type, before allowance for loan losses, by amount and by percentage of type at September 30, 2009.

 

 

 

Loans Delinquent For:

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days and Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of

 

 

 

 

 

of

 

 

 

 

 

of

 

 

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Category

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Category

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Category

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Real Estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

2

 

$

45

 

4

%

1

 

$

62

 

1

%

7

 

$

266

 

3

%

Commercial & Multi-Family

 

1

 

935

 

77

%

6

 

5,599

 

98

%

6

 

6,231

 

85

%

Agricultural Real Estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

3

 

56

 

5

%

1

 

45

 

1

%

 

 

 

Agricultural Operating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Business

 

2

 

174

 

14

%

1

 

10

 

 

9

 

856

 

12

%

Total

 

8

 

$

1,210

 

100.00

%

9

 

$

5,716

 

100

%

22

 

$

7,353

 

100

%

 

Delinquencies 90 days and over constituted 3.7% of total gross loans and 1.8% of total assets.

 

Generally, when a loan becomes delinquent 90 days or more or when the collection of principal or interest becomes doubtful, the Company will place the loan on a non-accrual status and, as a result, previously accrued interest income on the loan is taken out of current income.  The loan will remain on a non-accrual status until the loan becomes current.  Loans, with some exceptions, are typically placed on non-accrual status when the loan becomes 90 days or more delinquent or when the collection of principal and/or interest becomes doubtful.  For all years presented, the Company’s troubled debt restructurings (which involved forgiving a portion of interest or principal on any loans or making loans at a rate materially less than that of market rates) are included in the table and were performing as agreed.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.  The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of non-performing assets in the Company’s loan portfolio.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Non-Accruing Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

$

266

 

$

942

 

$

243

 

$

22

 

$

 

Commercial & Multi Family

 

11,512

 

1,302

 

 

 

 

Agricultural Real Estate

 

 

12

 

13

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

1

 

5

 

 

1

 

Agricultural Operating

 

 

 

 

182

 

218

 

Commercial Business

 

871

 

538

 

1,867

 

5,076

 

2,204

 

Total

 

12,649

 

2,795

 

2,128

 

5,280

 

2,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans Delinquent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 Days or More

 

 

4,600

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agricultural Operating

 

 

121

 

150

 

 

7

 

Commercial Business

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

Total

 

 

121

 

165

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

Commercial & Multi Family

 

957

 

 

229

 

35

 

1,841

 

Consumer

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

Commercial Business

 

1,096

 

 

65

 

 

2,865

 

Total

 

2,053

 

 

318

 

50

 

4,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Non-Performing Assets

 

$

14,702

 

$

7,516

 

$

2,611

 

$

5,330

 

$

7,136

 

Total as a Percentage of Total Assets

 

1.76

%

1.06

%

0.38

%

0.72

%

0.92

%

 

For the year ended September 30, 2009, gross interest income which would have been recorded had the non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to approximately $768,000, of which none was included in interest income.

 

Non-Accruing Loans.  At September 30, 2009, the Company had $12.6 million in non-accruing loans, which constituted 3.2% of the Company’s gross loan portfolio.  This represents an improvement from June 30, 2009, when the Company had $17.2 million in non-accruing loans or 4.3% of its gross loan portfolio.  The fiscal 2009 increase in non-performing loans relates to three commercial borrowers and is primarily due to deterioration in the commercial real estate market caused by the economic downturn.

 

Accruing Loans Delinquent 90 Days or More.  At September 30, 2009, the Company had no accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more.

 

Classified Assets.  Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets such as debt and equity securities considered by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) to be of lesser quality as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.”  An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the savings association will sustain “some loss” if the

 

16



Table of Contents

 

deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.”  Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such minimal value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.

 

When assets are classified as either substandard or doubtful, the Bank may establish general allowances for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management.  General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets.  When assets are classified as “loss,” the Bank is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount.  The Banks’ determinations as to the classification of their assets and the amount of their valuation allowances are subject to review by their regulatory authorities, who may order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

 

On the basis of management’s review of its assets, at September 30, 2009, the Company had classified a total of $30.8 million of its assets as substandard, $10.4 million as doubtful and none as loss. There were $2.1 million real estate owned or other foreclosed assets at September 30, 2009.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses based on management’s evaluation of the risk inherent in its loan portfolio and changes in the nature and volume of its loan activity, including those loans which are being specifically monitored by management.  Such evaluation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility may not be reasonably assured, considers, among other matters, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, economic conditions, historical loan loss experience and other factors that warrant recognition in providing for an adequate loan loss allowance.

 

Management closely monitors economic developments both regionally and nationwide, and considers these factors when assessing the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses.  While the Company has no direct exposure to sub-prime mortgage loans, management recognizes that the current recessionary environment may strain the financial condition of some borrowers.  Management therefore believes that future losses in the residential portfolio may be somewhat higher than historical experience.  Over the past six years, loss rates in the commercial and multi-family real estate market, and commercial business market, have remained moderate.  Management recognizes that low charge-off rates over the past several years reflect the formerly strong economic environment and are not indicative of likely losses over a full business cycle.  This observation, as well as the aforementioned concerns regarding the economic slowdown, has led management to the conclusion that future losses in this portfolio may be somewhat higher than recent historical experience, excluding loan losses related to fraud by borrowers.  On the other hand, current trends in agricultural markets remain reasonable.  Reasonable commodity prices as well as above average yields created positive economic conditions for most farmers in our markets in 2009.  Nonetheless, management still expects that future losses in this portfolio, which have been very low, could be higher than recent historical experience.  Management believes that the aforementioned recession may also negatively impact consumers’ repayment capacities.  Additionally, a sizable portion of the Company’s consumer loan portfolio is secured by residential real estate, as discussed above, which is an area to be closely monitored by management in view of its stated concerns.

 

The allowance for loan losses established by MPS results from an estimation process that evaluates relevant characteristics of its credit portfolio(s).  MPS also considers other internal and external environmental factors such as changes in operations or personnel and economic events that may affect the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses.  Adjustments to the allowance for loan losses are recorded periodically based on the result of this estimation process.  Due to the varied and unknown nature and structures of future credit programs, the exact methodology to determine the ALL for each program will not be identical.  Each program may have differing attributes including such factors as levels of risk, definitions of delinquency and loss, inclusion/exclusion of credit bureau criteria, roll rate migration dynamics, and other factors.  Similarly, the additional capital required to offset the increased risk in subprime lending activities may vary by credit program.  Each program will need to be evaluated separately and with potentially different methodologies.  The increased charge-offs for MPS credit resulted primarily from tax refund anticipation loans (“RAL”) to sub-prime borrowers that peaked in March of 2009.  Management was pro-active and established a provision for loan losses for these loans during the tax season offering period.  The majority

 

17



Table of Contents

 

of the charge-offs for these RAL loans were recorded against the allowance for loan losses in the third quarter of fiscal 2009.  The charge-offs were in accordance with management’s expectations of the RAL program.

 

Management believes that, based on a detailed review of the loan portfolio, historic loan losses, current economic conditions, the size of the loan portfolio, and other factors, the current level of the allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2009 reflects an adequate allowance against probable losses from the loan portfolio.   Although the Company maintains its allowance for loan losses at a level that it considers to be adequate, investors and others are cautioned that there can be no assurance that future losses will not exceed estimated amounts, or that additional provisions for loan losses will not be required in future periods.  In addition, the Company’s determination of the allowance for loan losses is subject to review by its bank regulator, which can require the establishment of additional general or specific allowances.

 

Real estate properties acquired through foreclosure are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value.  If fair value at the date of foreclosure is lower than the balance of the related loan, the difference will be charged-off to the allowance for loan losses at the time of transfer.  Valuations are periodically updated by management and, if the value declines, a specific provision for losses on such property is established by a charge to operations.

 

The following table sets forth an analysis of the Company’s allowance for loan losses.

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at Beginning of Period

 

$

5,732

 

$

4,493

 

$

6,391

 

$

6,793

 

$

5,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge Offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

(28

)

(2

)

 

 

 

Commercial & Multi Family

 

(2,052

)

 

(1,762

)

 

(141

)

Consumer

 

(8,168

)

(5

)

(50

)

(6

)

(13

)

Commercial Business

 

(7,685

)

(1,542

)

(3,803

)

(1,036

)

(3,057

)

Agricultural Operating

 

(151

)

 

 

 

 

Total Charge Offs

 

(18,084

)

(1,549

)

(5,615

)

(1,042

)

(3,211

)

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

465

 

7

 

 

 

 

Commercial & Multi Family

 

 

 

 

 

114

 

Consumer

 

90

 

12

 

3

 

5

 

33

 

Commercial Business

 

39

 

38

 

546

 

324

 

 

Agricultural Operating

 

38

 

16

 

 

 

 

Total Recoveries

 

632

 

73

 

549

 

329

 

147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (Charge Offs) Recoveries

 

(17,452

)

(1,476

)

(5,066

)

(713

)

(3,064

)

Additions Charged to Operations

 

18,713

 

2,715

 

3,168

 

311

 

4,713

 

Balance at End of Period

 

$

6,993

 

$

5,732

 

$

4,493

 

$

6,391

 

$

6,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Net Charge Offs During the Period to Average Loans Outstanding During the Period

 

4.12

%

0.36

%

1.43

%

0.18

%

0.75

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Net Charge Offs During the Period to Non-Performing Assets

 

118.70

%

19.64

%

194.03

%

13.38

%

42.94

%

 

18



Table of Contents

 

For more information on the Provision for Loan Losses, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which is included in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

The distribution of the Company’s allowance for losses on loans at the dates indicated is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

At September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category of
Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category
of Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category of
Total Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category
of Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category
of Total
Loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One-to-Four Family

 

$

59

 

12.21

%

$

98

 

12.96

%

$

111

 

12.59

%

$

120

 

15.41

%

$

93

 

15.76

%

Commercial & Multi Family Real Estate

 

4,231

 

58.33

%

3,236

 

51.24

%

1,246

 

47.13

%

1,403

 

42.17

%

2,243

 

46.59

%

Agricultural Real Estate

 

111

 

6.70

%

94

 

6.91

%

70

 

4.60

%

101

 

3.74

%

130

 

2.95

%

Consumer

 

243

 

9.03

%

207

 

11.36

%

153

 

10.20

%

116

 

7.97

%

416

 

7.05

%

Agricultural Operating

 

569

 

7.00

%

1,645

 

7.18

%

178

 

9.19

%

205

 

7.60

%

454

 

5.34

%

Commercial Business

 

792

 

6.73

%

148

 

10.35

%

2,404

 

16.29

%

4,140

 

23.11

%

3,288

 

22.31

%

Unallocated

 

988

 

 

304

 

 

331

 

 

306

 

 

169

 

 

Total

 

$

6,993

 

100.00

%

$

5,732

 

100.00

%

$

4,493

 

100.00

%

$

6,391

 

100.00

%

$

6,793

 

100.00

%

 

Investment Activities

 

General.  The investment policy of the Company generally is to invest funds among various categories of investments and maturities based upon the Company’s need for liquidity, to achieve the proper balance between its desire to minimize risk and maximize yield, to provide collateral for borrowings, and to fulfill the Company’s asset/liability management policies.  The Company’s investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios are managed in accordance with a written investment policy adopted by the Board of Directors, which is implemented by members of the Company’s Investment Committee.  The Company is aware that, due to higher levels of concentration risk, the low- and no-cost checking deposits generated through MPS may carry a greater degree of liquidity risk than traditional consumer checking deposits.  As a result, the Company closely monitors balances in these accounts, and maintains a portfolio of highly liquid assets to fund potential deposit outflows.  To date, the Company has not experienced any inordinate or unusual outflows related to MPS, though no assurance can be given that this will continue to be the case.

 

As of September 30, 2009, the Company’s entire investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios were classified as available for sale.  For additional information regarding the Company’s investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios, see Notes 1 and 4 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

As of September 30, 2009, investment and mortgage-backed securities with fair values of approximately $178.5 million were pledged as collateral for the Bank’s Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (“FHLB”) advances and reverse repurchase agreements.  For additional information regarding the Company’s collateralization of borrowings, see Notes 9 and 10 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “ Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Investment Securities.  It is the Company’s general policy to purchase investment securities which are U.S. Government securities and federal agency obligations, state and local government obligations, commercial paper, corporate debt securities and overnight federal funds.

 

The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company’s investment security portfolio, excluding mortgage-backed securities and other equity securities, at the dates indicated.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Preferred & Corporate Securities (1)

 

$

15,201

 

$

18,174

 

$

24,410

 

Municipal Bonds

 

2,365

 

1,537

 

1,550

 

Subtotal

 

17,566

 

19,711

 

25,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB Stock

 

7,050

 

8,092

 

4,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Investment Securities and FHLB Stock

 

$

24,616

 

$

27,803

 

$

29,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Interest-Earning Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Funds Sold (2)

 

$

1,198

 

$

5,188

 

$

85,110

 

 


(1)   Within the trust preferred securities presented above, there are no securities from individual issuers that exceed 10% of the Company’s total equity.  The name and the aggregate market value of securities of each individual issuer as of September 30, 2009 are as follows: Key Corp Capital I, $3.5 million; Bank Boston Capital Trust IV, $2.9 million; BankAmerica Capital III, $3.0 million; PNC Capital Trust, $3.1 million; Huntington Capital Trust II, $2.0 million; CNB, $500,000; Cascade, $275,000.

 

(2)   The Company at times maintains balances in excess of insured limits at various financial institutions including the FHLB, the FRB, and other private institutions.  At September 30, 2009, the Company had $9,000 and $1.2 million in interest bearing deposits held at the FHLB and FRB, respectively.  At September 30, 2009, the Company had no federal funds sold at a private institution.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

The composition and maturities of the Company’s investment securities portfolio, excluding equity securities, FHLB stock and mortgage-backed securities, are indicated in the following table.

 

 

 

September 30, 2009

 

 

 

1 Year or
Less

 

After 1
Year
Through 5
Years

 

After 5
Years
Through
10 Years

 

After 10
Years

 

Total Investment
Securities

 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Carrying
Value

 

Carrying
Value

 

Carrying
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Preferred & Corporate Securities

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

15,201

 

$

25,805

 

$

15,201

 

Municipal Bonds

 

 

1,638

 

727

 

 

2,258

 

2,365

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Investment Securities

 

$

 

$

1,638

 

$

727

 

$

15,201

 

$

28,063

 

$

17,566

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Yield (1)

 

0.00

%

3.47

%

4.09

%

1.10

%

1.30

%

1.46

%

 


(1)   Yields on tax-exempt obligations have not been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities.  The Company’s mortgage-backed and related securities portfolio consists primarily of securities issued under government-sponsored agency programs, including those of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  The Company historically has held Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”), as well as a limited amount of privately issued mortgage pass-through certificates.  The Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac certificates are modified pass-through mortgage-backed securities that represent undivided interests in underlying pools of fixed-rate, or certain types of adjustable-rate, predominantly single-family and, to a lesser extent, multi-family residential mortgages issued by these government-sponsored entities.  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac generally provide the certificate holder a guarantee of timely payments of interest, whether or not collected.  Ginnie Mae’s guarantee to the holder is timely payments of principal and interest, backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.  Privately issued mortgage pass-through certificates generally provide no guarantee as to timely payment of interest or principal, and reliance is placed on the creditworthiness of the issuer, which the Company monitors on a regular basis.

 

At September 30, 2009, the Company had mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $334.3 million, representing 98% of the total portfolio, which had fixed rates of interest and $5.4 million, representing 2% of the total portfolio, which had adjustable rates of interest.

 

Mortgage-backed securities generally increase the quality of the Company’s assets by virtue of the insurance or guarantees that back them, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Company.  At September 30, 2009, $224.8 million or 66% of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities were pledged to secure various obligations of the Company.

 

While mortgage-backed securities carry a reduced credit risk as compared to whole loans, such securities remain subject to the risk that a fluctuating interest rate environment, along with other factors such as the geographic distribution of the underlying mortgage loans, may alter the prepayment rate of such mortgage loans and so affect both the prepayment speed, and value, of such securities.  The prepayment risk associated with mortgage-backed securities is monitored periodically, and prepayment rate assumptions adjusted as appropriate to update the Company’s mortgage-backed securities accounting and asset/liability reports.

 

The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities at the dates indicated.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMO

 

$

 

$

4

 

$

4

 

Freddie Mac

 

53,353

 

59,479

 

73,749

 

Fannie Mae

 

118,805

 

124,577

 

58,921

 

Ginnie Mae

 

175,114

 

 

 

Privately Issued Mortgages Pass-Through Certificates

 

 

63

 

67

 

Total

 

$

347,272

 

$

184,123

 

$

132,741

 

 

The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities at September 30, 2009.  Not considered in the preparation of the table below is the effect of prepayments, periodic principal repayments and the adjustable-rate nature of these instruments.

 

 

 

September 30, 2009

 

 

 

1 Year or Less

 

After 1
Year
Through 5
Years

 

After 5
Years
Through 10
Years

 

After 10
Years

 

Total Investment
 Securities

 

 

 

Carrying Value

 

Carrying Value

 

Carrying Value

 

Carrying Value

 

Amortized Cost

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMO

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Freddie Mac

 

5,606

 

22,598

 

3,273

 

21,876

 

52,640

 

53,353

 

Fannie Mae

 

17,787

 

13,602

 

38,839

 

48,577

 

113,892

 

118,805

 

Ginnie Mae

 

 

 

 

 

 

175,114

 

173,174

 

175,114

 

Total Investment Securities

 

$

23,393

 

$

36,200

 

$

42,112

 

$

245,567

 

$

339,706

 

$

347,272

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Yield

 

3.45

%

2.38

%

4.75

%

3.41

%

3.45

%

3.47

%

 

At September 30, 2009, the contractual maturity of 71.0% of all of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities was in excess of ten years.  The actual maturity of a mortgage-backed security is typically less than its stated maturity due to scheduled principal payments and prepayments of the underlying mortgages.  Prepayments that are different than anticipated will affect the yield to maturity.  The yield is based upon the interest income and the amortization of any premium or discount related to the mortgage-backed security.  In accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP), premiums and discounts are amortized over the estimated lives of the loans, which decrease and increase interest income, respectively.  The prepayment assumptions used to determine the amortization period for premiums and discounts can significantly affect the yield of the mortgage-backed security, and these assumptions are reviewed periodically to reflect actual prepayments.  Although prepayments of underlying mortgages depend on many factors, including the type of mortgages, the coupon rate, the age of mortgages, the geographical location of the underlying real estate collateralizing the mortgages and general levels of market interest rates, the difference between the interest rates on the underlying mortgages and the prevailing mortgage interest rates generally is the most significant determinant of the rate of prepayments.  During periods of falling mortgage interest rates, if the coupon rate of the underlying mortgages exceeds the prevailing market interest rates offered for mortgage loans, refinancing generally increases and accelerates the prepayment of the underlying mortgages and the related security.  Under such circumstances, the Company may be subject to reinvestment risk because, to the extent that the Company’s mortgage-backed securities amortize or prepay faster than anticipated, the Company may not be able to reinvest the proceeds of such repayments and prepayments at a comparable rate.

 

Sources of Funds

 

General.  The Company’s sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, amortization and repayment of loan principal, interest earned on or maturation of investment securities and short-term investments, mortgage-backed securities, and funds provided from operations.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Borrowings, including FHLB advances, repurchase agreements and FRB Term Auction Facility (“TAF”) may be used at times to compensate for seasonal reductions in deposits or deposit inflows at less than projected levels, may be used on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities, and may also be used to match the funding of a corresponding asset.

 

Deposits.  The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms.  The Company’s deposits consist of statement savings accounts, money market savings accounts, NOW and regular checking accounts, deposits related to prepaid cards that are primarily categorized as checking accounts, and certificate accounts currently ranging in terms from fourteen days to 60 months.  The Company solicits deposits from its primary market area and does not currently use brokers to obtain deposits.  The Company relies primarily on competitive pricing policies, advertising and high-quality customer service to attract and retain these deposits.  The Company has no brokered deposits.

 

The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and prevailing interest rates, and competition.

 

The variety of deposit accounts offered by the Company, and the expanding activities of MPS, has allowed it to be competitive in obtaining funds and to respond with flexibility to changes in consumer demand.  The Company endeavors to manage the pricing of its deposits in keeping with its asset/liability management and profitability objectives.  Based on its experience, the Company believes that its savings, money market accounts, NOW and regular checking accounts are relatively stable sources of deposits.  However, the ability of the Company to attract and maintain certificates of deposit and the rates paid on these deposits has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.

 

$422.1 million of the Company’s deposit portfolio is attributable to MPS.  The majority of these deposits represent un-spent funds on prepaid debit cards and other stored value products.  $421.8 million are included with non-interest-bearing checking accounts and $275,000 are included with money market accounts on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.  Generally, these deposits do not earn interest.  MPS originates debit card programs through outside sales agents and other financial institutions.  As such, these deposits carry a somewhat higher degree of liquidity risk than traditional consumer products.  If a major client or card program were to leave the Bank, deposit outflows would be more significant than if the bank were to lose a more traditional customer, although it is considered highly unlikely that all deposits related to a program would leave the Bank without significant advance notification.  The Company takes this additional risk into account when planning its investment and liquidity strategies.  The increase in deposits arising from MPS has also allowed the Bank to reduce its reliance on higher costing certificates of deposits and public funds.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the deposit flows at the Company during the periods indicated.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening Balance

 

$

499,804

 

$

522,978

 

$

538,169

 

Deposits

 

91,862,382

 

42,199,490

 

21,679,955

 

Withdrawals

 

(91,713,207

)

(42,218,736

)

(21,663,212

)

Sale of Deposits

 

 

(9,313

)

(39,172

)

Interest Credited

 

4,768

 

5,385

 

7,238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending Balance

 

$

653,747

 

$

499,804

 

$

522,978

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease)

 

$

153,943

 

$

(23,174

)

$

(15,191

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent Increase (Decrease)

 

30.80

%

-4.43

%

-2.82

%

 

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of savings deposits in the various types of deposit programs offered by the Company for the periods indicated.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Total

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Total

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions and Savings Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Interest Bearing Demand Accounts

 

$

442,158

 

67.63

%

$

308,852

 

61.79

%

$

260,098

 

49.73

%

Interest Bearing Demand Accounts

 

15,602

 

2.39

 

15,029

 

3.01

 

14,600

 

2.79

 

Savings Accounts

 

10,001

 

1.53

 

9,394

 

1.88

 

10,265

 

1.96

 

Money Market Accounts

 

39,823

 

6.09

 

43,038

 

8.61

 

81,292

 

15.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Non-Certificate

 

507,584

 

77.64

 

376,313

 

75.29

 

366,255

 

70.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

524

 

0.08

 

779

 

0.16

 

1,085

 

0.21

 

0.00 - 1.99%

 

36,523

 

5.59

 

7,039

 

1.41

 

18

 

0.01

 

2.00 - 3.99%

 

78,288

 

11.98

 

57,977

 

11.60

 

24,696

 

4.72

 

4.00 - 5.99%

 

30,806

 

4.71

 

57,686

 

11.54

 

130,914

 

25.03

 

6.00 - 7.99%

 

22

 

0.00

 

10

 

0.00

 

10

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Certificates

 

146,163

 

22.36

 

123,491

 

24.71

 

156,723

 

29.97

 

Total Deposits

 

$

653,747

 

100.00

%

$

499,804

 

100.00

%

$

522,978

 

100.00

%

 

24



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows rate and maturity information for the Company’s certificates of deposit as of September 30, 2009.

 

Certificate accounts maturing
in quarter ending:

 

Variable

 

0.00- 1.99%

 

2.00- 3.99%

 

4.00- 5.99%

 

6.00- 7.99%

 

Total

 

Percent of
Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

 

$

116

 

$

16,100

 

$

13,091

 

$

5,209

 

$

 

$

34,516

 

23.6

%

March 31, 2010

 

103

 

9,063

 

9,078

 

10,743

 

 

28,987

 

19.8

 

June 30, 2010

 

47

 

5,475

 

14,656

 

2,346

 

 

22,524

 

15.4

 

September 30, 2010

 

144

 

2,811

 

4,490

 

1,687

 

 

9,132

 

6.2

 

December 31, 2010

 

66

 

2,029

 

14,920

 

1,360

 

 

18,375

 

12.6

 

March 31, 2011

 

48

 

272

 

3,198

 

960

 

12

 

4,490

 

3.1

 

June 30, 2011

 

 

232

 

3,586

 

697

 

 

4,515

 

3.1

 

September 30, 2011

 

 

508

 

2,416

 

1,046

 

10

 

3,980

 

2.7

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

10

 

972

 

467

 

 

1,449

 

1.0

 

March 31, 2012

 

 

 

1,238

 

1,138

 

 

2,376

 

1.6

 

June 30, 2012

 

 

10

 

1,027

 

992

 

 

2,029

 

1.4

 

September 30, 2012

 

 

13

 

710

 

814

 

 

1,537

 

1.1

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

8,906

 

3,347

 

 

12,253

 

8.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

524

 

$

36,523

 

$

78,288

 

$

30,806

 

$

22

 

$

146,163

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of total

 

0.3

%

25.0

%

53.6

%

21.1

%

0.0

%

100.0

%

 

 

 

The following table indicates the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit and other deposits by time remaining until maturity as of September 30, 2009.

 

 

 

Maturity

 

 

 

3 Months or Less

 

After 3 to 6 Months

 

After 6 to 12 Months

 

After 12 Months

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit less than $100,000

 

$

12,990

 

$

22,608

 

$

24,342

 

$

37,959

 

$

97,899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

 

21,526

 

6,379

 

7,314

 

13,045

 

$

48,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total certificates of deposit

 

$

34,516

 

$

28,987

 

$

31,656

 

$

51,004

 

$

146,163

 

 

At September 30, 2009, there were $14.5 million in deposits from governmental and other public entities included in certificates of deposit.

 

Borrowings.  Although deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds, the Company’s policy has been to utilize borrowings when they are a less costly source of funds, can be invested at a positive interest rate spread, or when the Company desires additional capacity to fund loan demand.

 

The Company’s borrowings historically have consisted primarily of advances from the FHLB upon the security of a blanket collateral agreement of a percentage of unencumbered loans and the pledge of specific investment securities.  Such advances can be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities.  At September 30, 2009, the Bank had $74.8 million of advances from the FHLB and the ability to borrow up to an approximate additional $152.8 million.  At September 30, 2009, advances totaling $52.8 million (including $33.8 million in overnight federal funds purchased) had terms to maturity of one year or less.  The remaining $22.0 million had maturities ranging up to 11 years.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

On July 16, 2001, the Company issued all of the 10,000 authorized shares of Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of First Midwest Financial Capital Trust I (preferred securities of subsidiary trust) holding solely subordinated debt securities.  Distributions are paid semi-annually.  Cumulative cash distributions are calculated at a variable rate of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.75%, not to exceed 12.5%.  The Company may, at one or more times, defer interest payments on the capital securities for up to 10 consecutive semi-annual periods, but not beyond July 25, 2031.  At the end of any deferral period, all accumulated and unpaid distributions will be paid.  The capital securities are required to be redeemed on July 25, 2031; however, the Company has a semi-annual option to shorten the maturity date to a date not earlier than July 25, 2007.  The option has not been exercised as of the date of this filing.  The redemption price is $1,000 per capital security plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the date of redemption plus, if redeemed prior to July 25, 2011, a redemption premium as defined in the Indenture Agreement.  Holders of the capital securities have no voting rights, are unsecured and rank junior in priority of payment to all of the Company’s indebtedness and senior to the Company’s common stock.  The trust preferred securities have been includable in the Company’s capital calculations since they were issued.

 

From time to time, the Company has offered retail repurchase agreements to its customers.  These agreements typically range from 14 days to five years in term, and typically have been offered in minimum amounts of $100,000.  The proceeds of these transactions are used to meet cash flow needs of the Company.  At September 30, 2009, the Company had $6.7 million of retail repurchase agreements outstanding.

 

Historically, the Company has entered into wholesale repurchase agreements through nationally recognized broker-dealer firms.  These agreements are accounted for as borrowings by the Company and are secured by certain of the Company’s investment and mortgage-backed securities.  The broker-dealer takes possession of the securities during the period that the reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding.  The terms of the agreements have usually ranged from 7 days to six months, but on occasion longer term agreements have been entered into.  At September 30, 2009, the Company had no wholesale repurchase agreements outstanding.

 

The FRB has approved the establishment of a temporary Term Auction Facility (“TAF”) program in which the FRB will auction term funds to depository institutions.

 

The TAF is a credit facility that allows a depository institution to place a bid for an advance from its local FRB at an interest rate that is determined as the result of an auction.  By allowing the FRB to inject term funds through a broader range of counterparties and against a broader range of collateral than open market operations, this facility could help ensure that liquidity provisions can be disseminated efficiently even when the unsecured interbank markets are under stress.

 

The TAF will typically auction term funds of 28-day or 84-day maturity, depending on the TAF auction.  All depository institutions that are judged to be in generally sound financial condition by their local FRB and that are expected to remain so over the terms of TAF loans are eligible to participate in TAF auctions.  All TAF credit must be fully collateralized; loans for which the remaining term to maturity is more than 28 days are subject to additional collateralization requirements stated below.  Depositories may pledge the broad range of collateral that is accepted for other FRB lending programs to secure TAF credit.  The same collateral values and margins applicable for other FRB lending programs will also apply for the TAF.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the maximum month-end balance and average balance of FHLB advances, retail and reverse repurchase agreements, Subordinated Debentures and FRB TAF borrowings for the periods indicated.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Maximum Balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances

 

$

100,950

 

$

162,525

 

$

89,300

 

Repurchase agreements

 

24,351

 

51,439

 

15,470

 

Subordinated debentures

 

10,310

 

10,310

 

10,310

 

FRB TAF Borrowings

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances

 

$

46,844

 

$

103,768

 

$

77,433

 

Repurchase agreements

 

13,299

 

9,794

 

7,862

 

Subordinated debentures

 

10,310

 

10,310

 

10,310

 

FRB TAF Borrowings

 

2,123

 

 

 

 

The following table sets forth certain information as to the Company’s FHLB advances and other borrowings at the dates indicated.  Balances related to discontinued bank operations have been eliminated for all periods presented.

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB advances

 

$

74,800

 

$

132,025

 

$

68,000

 

Repurchase agreements

 

6,686

 

5,348

 

224

 

Subordinated debentures

 

10,310

 

10,310

 

10,310

 

FRB TAF Borrowings

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total borrowings

 

$

116,796

 

$

147,683

 

$

78,534

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate of FHLB advances

 

3.26

%

4.28

%

5.43

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate of repurchase agreements

 

0.49

%

3.00

%

3.37

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate of subordinated debentures

 

4.38

%

7.83

%

9.06

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate of FRB Borrowings

 

0.25

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

 

Subsidiary Activities

 

The subsidiaries of the Company are the Bank, Meta Trust and First Midwest Financial Capital Trust I.  The Bank has one service corporation subsidiary, First Services Financial Limited (“First Services”).  At September 30, 2009, the net book value of the Bank’s investment in First Services was approximately $115,000.  The Bank organized First Services, its sole service corporation, in 1983.  First Services currently has no active operations.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Meta Payment Systems® Division

 

Meta Financial, through the MPS division of its bank subsidiary, is focused on the electronic payments industry and offers a complement of prepaid cards, consumer credit products and other payment industry related products and services that are marketed to consumers through financial institutions and other commercial entities.  The products and services offered by MPS are generally designed to facilitate the processing and settlement of authorized electronic transactions involving the movement of funds, some of which were previously deposited at the Bank.  MPS offers specific product solutions in the following areas: (i) prepaid cards, (ii) consumer credit products, and (iii) ATM sponsorship.  MPS’ products and services generally target banks, card processors and third parties who market and distribute the cards.

 

Each segment of MPS’ business is discussed generally below.  With respect to the segments, there can be a significant amount of cross-selling and cross-utilization of personnel and resources (e.g., a client asks MPS to develop products for both prepaid and consumer credit needs).

 

Prepaid Cards.  Prepaid cards take the form of credit card-sized plastics embedded with a magnetic stripe which encodes relevant card data (which may or may not include information about the user and/or purchaser of such card).  When the holder of such a card attempts a permitted transaction, necessary information, including the authorization for such transaction, is shared between the “point of use” or “point of sale” and authorization systems maintaining the account of record.

 

The funds associated with such cards are typically held in pooled accounts at the Bank representing the aggregate value of all cards issued in connection with particular products or programs, further described below.  The cards may work in a closed loop (e.g., the card will only work at one particular merchant and will not work anywhere else), a semi-closed loop (e.g., the card will only work at a specific set of merchants such as a shopping mall), or open loop which function as a Visa, MasterCard, or Discover branded debit card that will work wherever such cards are accepted for payment.  Most of MPS’ prepaid cards are open-loop.

 

This segment of MPS’ business can generally be divided into three categories: reloadable cards, non-reloadable cards, and benefit/insurance cards.  Government benefits are another growing application for prepaid cards; however, MPS has not focused on this category to date.

 

Reloadable Cards.  The most common reloadable prepaid card programs are payroll cards, whereby an employee’s payroll is loaded to the card by their employer utilizing direct deposit, or General Purpose Reloadable (GPR) whereby cards are usually distributed by retailers and can be reloaded an indefinite number of times at participating retail load networks.  Other examples of reloadable cards are travel cards which are used to replace travelers checks and can be reloaded a predetermined number of times and tax cards where a taxpayer’s refund, refund anticipation loan, or preseason tax loan proceeds are placed on the card. Reloadable cards are generally open loop cards that consumers can use to obtain cash at ATMs or purchase goods and services wherever such cards are accepted for payment.

 

Non-Reloadable CardsNon-reloadable prepaid cards are sometimes referred to as disposable and may only be used until the relevant funds initially loaded to the card have been exhausted.  These include gift cards, rebate cards, and promotional or incentive cards. These cards may be closed loop or open loop but are generally not available to obtain cash. Under certain conditions, these cards may be anonymous, whereby no customer relationship is created and the identity of the cardholder is unknown. Except for gift cards, many non-reloadable card programs are funded by a corporation as a marketing expense rather than from consumer funds.

 

Benefit/Insurance Cards.  Benefit/insurance cards are traditionally used by employers and large commercial companies (such as property insurers) to distribute benefits to persons entitled to such funds.  Possible uses of benefit cards could be the distribution of money for qualified expenses related to an employer sponsored flexible spending account program (FSA) or the distribution of insurance claim proceeds to insureds who have made a payable claim against an existing insurance policy.  These cards are generally open loop or semi-closed loop as in the case of an FSA card that can only be used for qualified medical expenses.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Consumer Credit Products.  The Company believes that well-managed, nationwide credit programs can help meet legitimate credit needs for prime and sub-prime borrowers, and afford the Company an opportunity to diversify the loan portfolio and minimize earnings exposure due to economic downturns. Therefore, MPS has been directed to design and administer certain credit programs that accomplish these objectives.

 

MPS strives to offer consumers innovative payment products, including credit products. Most credit products will fall into one of two general categories: (1) sponsorship lending and (2) portfolio lending. In a sponsorship lending model, MPS typically originates loans and sells (without recourse) the resulting receivables to third party investors equipped to take the associated credit risk. In portfolio lending, the Company retains some or all receivables and relies on the borrower as the underlying source of repayment.  Several portfolio lending programs also have a contractual provision that indemnifies MPS and the Bank for credit losses that meet or exceed predetermined levels.  Such a program carries additional risks not commonly found in sponsorship programs, specifically funding and credit risk.  Under such programs, MPS typically utilizes vendors to market and service the loans.

 

ATM Sponsorship. MPS sponsors financial institutions into various networks to enable them to issue network-branded debit cards and accept cards issued by other financial institutions at their ATM terminals.  The division also sponsors ATM independent sales organizations (“ISOs”) into various networks and provides associated sponsorships of encryption support organizations and third party processors in support of the financial institutions and the ATM ISO sponsorships.  Sponsorship consists of the review and oversight of entities participating in debit and credit networks.  In certain instances, MPS also has certain leasehold interests in certain ATMs which require bank ownership and registration for compliance with applicable state law.

 

While the Company believes that it has adopted policies and procedures to manage and monitor the risks attendant to this line of business, and while the executives who manage the Company’s program have years of experience, no guarantee can be made that the Company will not experience losses in this division.

 

Regulation

 

The recent financial crisis has generated numerous legislative proposals now under consideration by Congress and the various federal banking agencies.  Some of these proposals would dramatically alter the financial landscape, from both operational and regulatory points of view, and could materially impact financial institutions, including the Bank.  At this time, no prediction can be made when, whether, or to what extent these proposals will be adopted into law or regulatory policy.  See “Risk Factors” which is included in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008On October 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), giving the US Treasury authority to take certain actions to restore liquidity and stability to the U.S. banking markets.  Based upon its authority in the EESA, a number of programs to implement the EESA have been announced.  Those programs include the following:

 

·      Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”).  Pursuant to this program, the US Treasury, on behalf of the US government, will purchase up to $250 billion of preferred stock, along with warrants to purchase common stock, from certain financial institutions, including bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies and banks or savings associations not controlled by a holding company.  The investment will have a dividend rate of 5% per year, until the fifth anniversary of the US Treasury’s investment and a dividend of 9% thereafter.

 

·      Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.  That program contained both a debt guarantee component, whereby the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) guaranteed until June 30, 2012, the senior unsecured debt issued by eligible financial institutions between October 14, 2008 and October 31, 2009 (although a limited, six-month emergency guarantee facility has been established by the FDIC whereby certain participating entities can apply to the FDIC for permission to issue FDIC-guaranteed debt during the period from October 31, 2009 through April 30, 2010), and a transaction account guarantee component, whereby the FDIC will insure 100% of non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts held at eligible financial institutions, such as payment processing accounts, payroll accounts and working capital accounts through June 30, 2010.  The Bank opted out of both components of this program.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

·      Temporary increase in deposit insurance coverage.  The FDIC has temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor.  The EESA provides that the basic deposit insurance limit will return to $100,000 after December 31, 2013 but is permanent for certain retirement accounts (including IRAs).

 

Given the current international, national and regional economic climate, it is unclear what effect the provisions of the EESA will have with respect to the profitability and operations of both the Company and the Bank.  In addition, the US government, either through the US Treasury or some other federal agency, may also advance additional programs that could materially impact the profitability and operations of both the Company and the Bank.  The failure of these governmental efforts to stabilize national and international markets could have a material effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or access to the credit markets.

 

The Public-Private Partnership Investment Program for Legacy Assets.  Announced by the FRB and the FDIC on March 23, 2009, this program consists of two plans (the Legacy Loan Program and the Legacy Securities Program) designed to assist insured depository institutions in the sale of certain assets.  MetaBank will not participate in either program.

 

USA Patriot Act of 2001.  In October 2001, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) was enacted in response to the terrorist attacks in New York, Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. which occurred on September 11, 2001.  The Patriot Act is intended to strengthen U.S. law enforcement’s and the intelligence communities’ abilities to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts.  The potential impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of all kinds is significant and wide-ranging.  The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and imposes various regulations, including standards for verifying client identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.

 

Among other provisions, the Patriot Act requires financial institutions to have anti-money laundering programs in place and requires banking regulators to consider a holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on certain merger or acquisition applications.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  On July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOA”).  The SOA is the most far-reaching U.S. securities legislation enacted in many years, and includes many substantive and disclosure-based requirements.  The stated goals of the SOA are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws.  The SOA generally applies to all companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., that file or are required to file periodic reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act.

 

Pursuant to Section 302 of the SOA, Meta Financial’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are required to certify that the Company’s quarterly and annual reports filed with the SEC fairly present, in all material respects, the operations and conditions of Meta Financial.  In addition, as required by Section 404 of the SOA, management must make an assessment regarding the effect of internal controls on financial reporting and the Company’s external auditors must attest to such management assessment and reports.  The Company is considered a smaller reporting company based on criteria established by the SEC, and accordingly, beginning with its annual report for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2008, the Company has been required to provide management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting, which assessment is included in Item 9A(T) below.  Because the Company is a not a “large accelerated filer” or “accelerated filer,” its independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to issue its attestation regarding the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Meta Financial has developed policies, procedures and internal processes to ensure compliance with the SOA.  It is believed, however, that the implementation of the SOA’s compliance requirements will result in additional expense for Meta Financial.

 

Credit Card Regulation.  The Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act was signed into law on May 22, 2009 (the “Credit Card Act”).  The Credit Card Act bans retroactive rate increases, requires that bills be due

 

30



Table of Contents

 

no less than 21 days from the time of mailing, requires that credit card contracts be accessable on the Internet, and allows consumers to opt-in if they choose to use a card issuer’s over-limit protection.  While certain open-end credit programs of the Bank will be impacted by the Credit Card Act, the operational and financial impact to the Bank will be immaterial.  The Bank does not anticipate that any of its open-end line of credit programs will be discontinued or extensively modified as a result of the Credit Card Act.  Two of the Bank’s credit card programs will have significant changes to the terms and conditions as a result of the Credit Card Act.  However, the account portfolio for these programs is relatively small, so any financial impact to the Bank due to any modifications to these programs will be minimal.

 

In addition, on November 16, 2009, the FRB issued proposal regulations that would restrict fees and expiration dates that may apply to gift cards.  If adopted as proposed, these rules would require certain disclosures and limitations on services fees and expiration dates in connection with gift cards.  Product changes, which will primarily involve processors, are required by August 2010 and it is anticipated that with respect to the Bank, compliance should not present material issues.

 

The Homeowners Affordability and Stability Plan (“HASP”).  Announced in February 2009, the HASP is a $75.0 billion dollar federal program providing for loan modifications targeted at borrowers who are at risk of foreclosure because their incomes are not sufficient to meet their mortgage payments.  It is anticipated that this program will have minimal impact on the Company.

 

Privacy.  The Bank is required by statute and regulation to disclose their privacy policies to its consumers and, on an annual basis, to its customers.  Pursuant to such privacy notices, the Bank’s customers may opt out of the sharing of their nonpublic personal information with non-affiliated third parties.  The Bank is also required to appropriately safeguard its customers’ personal information.

 

Other Regulation.  The Bank is also subject to a variety of other regulations with respect to their business operations including, but not limited to, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, and the Fair Credit Reporting Act.  As discussed below, any change in the regulations affecting the Bank’s operations is not predicable and could affect the Bank’s operations and profitability.

 

Bank Supervision & Regulation

 

General.  The Bank, a federal savings bank subsidiary of Meta Financial, a unitary savings and loan holding company, is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by both the OTS and the FDIC.  The Bank must file regular reports with the OTS, which regularly inspects the Bank and its subsidiaries to evaluate their compliance with regulatory requirements and their safety and soundness.  OTS and, depending on the transaction, other bank regulatory agencies also possess approval authority before the Bank may enter into certain transactions such as mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions.  As discussed below, the Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Depositors Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) which is administered by the FDIC.

 

The Bank is also a member of the FHLB System and is subject to certain limited regulation by the FRB.

 

Meta Financial currently has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: the Bank, a federally chartered thrift institution; First Midwest Financial Capital Trust I, a statutory business trust organized under the Delaware Business Trust Act; and Meta Trust, a South Dakota corporation that provides trust services.

 

Regulatory authorities have been granted extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities which are intended to strengthen the financial condition of the banking industry, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution, the classification of assets by the institution, and the adequacy of an institution’s allowance for loan losses.  Typically, these actions are undertaken due to violations of laws or regulations or conduct of operations in an unsafe or unsound manner.

 

Any change in the nature of such regulation and oversight, whether by the OTS, the FDIC, the FRB or legislatively by Congress, could have a material impact on Meta Financial or the Bank and their respective operations.  The discussion herein of the regulatory and supervisory structure within which the Bank operates is

 

31



Table of Contents

 

general and does not purport to be exhaustive or a complete description of the laws and regulations involved in the Bank’s operations.  The discussion is qualified in its entirety by the actual laws and regulations.

 

Federal Regulation of the Bank.  Federal law and regulation, including but not limited to the Home Owners’ Loan Act and the related regulations issued by the OTS, govern the activities of all federal savings associations, including the Bank.  For example, as discussed in further detail below, certain lending authority for federal savings associations (such as commercial, nonresidential real property and consumer loans) is limited to a specified percentage of the association’s capital or assets.

 

The OTS has extensive supervisory and regulatory authority over the operations of savings associations.  As part of this authority, the Bank is required to file periodic reports with the OTS and is subject to periodic examination by the OTS, as discussed above.  The last regular examination of the Bank was conducted in early 2009.

 

OTS also has extensive enforcement authority over its regulated institutions.  This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the power to compel higher reserves, the ability to assess civil money penalties, the ability to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and the ability to initiate injunctive actions.  In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.  Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports.  Except under certain circumstances, public disclosure of final enforcement actions by the applicable regulator is required.  The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan underwriting and documentation, asset quality, earnings standards, internal controls and audit systems, interest rate risk exposure and compensation and other employee benefits.  Generally, any institution which fails to comply with these standards must submit a compliance plan.  (For further discussion, see “—Standards for Safety and Soundness” herein.)

 

In addition, the investment, lending and branching authority of the Bank is prescribed by federal law and it is prohibited from engaging in any activities not permitted by such laws.  For example, a federal savings association is generally permitted to branch into any state or multiple states subject to OTS approval.

 

The Bank’s general permissible lending limit to one borrower is equal to the greater of $500,000 or 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus (except for loans fully secured by certain readily marketable collateral, in which case this limit is increased to 25% of unimpaired capital and surplus).  At September 30, 2009, the Bank’s lending limit under these restrictions was $9.3 million.  The Bank is in compliance with this lending limit.

 

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC.  The Bank is a member of the DIF, which is administered by the FDIC.  Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.  As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions.  It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the DIF.  The FDIC also has authority to initiate enforcement actions against any FDIC-insured institution after giving its primary federal regulator the opportunity to take such action, and may terminate the deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

 

The FDIC imposes an assessment against all depository institutions for deposit insurance. This assessment is based on the risk category of the institution and, prior to 2009, ranged from five to 43 basis points of the institution’s deposits. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation issued a final rule on December 22, 2008, that raised the current deposit insurance assessment rates uniformly by seven basis points (to a range from 12 to 50 basis points) effective for the first quarter 2009. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that changed the calculation of FDIC insurance rates beginning in the second quarter of 2009. Under this rule, the FDIC first establishes an institution’s initial base assessment rate. This initial base assessment rate ranges, depending on the risk category of the institution, from 12 to 45 basis points. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation then adjusts the initial base assessment (higher or lower) to obtain the total base assessment rate. The adjustment to the initial base assessment rate is based upon an institution’s levels of unsecured debt, secured liabilities, and brokered deposits. The total base assessment rate ranges from seven to 77.5 basis points of the institution’s deposits.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

On May 22, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule levying a five basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. The special assessment was payable on September 30, 2009.  MetaBank recorded an expense of $382,000 during the quarter ended June 30, 2009, to reflect the special assessment.  The FDIC also has announced on November 12, 2009, that insured depository institutions will be required to prepay three years of deposit insurance premiums on December 30, 2009.  Under the rule, the prepaid amount will be based on an estimate of the institution’s assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009, its third quarter 2009 assessment base, and an estimated rate of increase in that assessment base.  At September 30, 2009, the Bank’s risk category assignment required a payment of 15.87 cents per $100 of assessable deposits.

 

Notably, the FDIC has the authority to increase insurance assessments.  Pursuant to this authority, on October 7, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC released for comment a plan to restore the DIF reserve ratio to 1.15% by the end of 2013 (the reserve ratio was estimated to be at 1.01% of insured deposits as of June 30, 2008, and the FDIC expects that it may continue to decline).  Pursuant to this plan, the FDIC would put in place an across-the-board increase of 7 basis points (annualized) per $100 of assessable deposits beginning January 1, 2009.  In addition, beginning in the second quarter of 2009, changes to the deposit insurance system would be made such that the increased assessments would be required of riskier institutions (i.e., those with a significant level of brokered deposits or those that relied significantly on secured liabilities).  Certain institutions, however, could see a reduction in their premiums, such as those that hold long-term unsecured debt.  The Bank would not be materially affected by these potential changes.

 

DIF-insured institutions pay a Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessment in order to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s.  For the fourth quarter of 2009, the FICO assessment was equal to 1.02 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits.  These assessments will continue until the bonds mature in 2019.

 

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OTS.  Management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

 

Assessments.  As a federal savings bank, the Bank is required to pay assessments to the OTS to fund its operations.  Paid semi-annually, these assessments are based upon the institution’s total assets, including consolidated subsidiaries, as reported in the Bank’s latest quarterly financial report, its general financial condition and the complexity of the Bank’s portfolio.

 

Regulatory Capital Requirements.  Federally insured financial institutions, such as the Bank, are required to maintain a minimum level of regulatory capital.  These capital requirements mandate that an institution maintain at least the following ratios: (1) a core (or Tier 1) capital to adjusted total assets ratio of 4% (which can be reduced to 3% for highly rated institutions); (2) a Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4%; and (3) a risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 8%.  Core (Tier 1) capital is defined as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority investments in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships.  Supplementary capital is currently defined to include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values.  Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital.

 

Generally, in meeting the tangible, leverage and risk-based capital standards, federal savings associations must deduct investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in activities as principal that are not permissible for a national bank.  If a subsidiary’s activities are permitted to a national bank that subsidiary’s assets are generally consolidated with those of the parent’s on a line-for-line basis.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Capital requirements in excess of the standards set forth above may be imposed on individual institutions on a case-by-case basis upon a determination that the association’s capital level is or may become inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.  The OTS and the FDIC are generally permitted to take enforcement action against a savings bank that fails to meet its capital requirements.  Such action may include restrictions on operations and banking activities, the imposition of a capital directive, a cease-and-desist order, civil money penalties, or more stringent measures such as the appointment of a conservator or receiver or a forced merger with another institution.

 

As of September 30, 2009, the Bank exceeded all of its regulatory capital requirements with core, tangible and risk-based capital ratios of 6.69%, 6.69% and 13.01% respectively, and was designated as “well-capitalized” under federal guidelines.  See Note 15 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

 

Prompt Corrective Action.  Federal banking regulators are authorized and, under certain circumstances, required to take certain actions against banks that fail to meet their capital requirements.  Effective December 19, 1992, the federal banking agencies were given additional enforcement authority with respect to undercapitalized depository institutions.  Under the regulations, an institution is deemed to be (a) “well capitalized” if it has total risk-based capital of 10.0% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more and is not subject to any order or final capital directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (b) “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of well capitalized; (c) “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances); (d) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%; and (e) “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.  In certain situations, a federal banking agency may reclassify a well capitalized institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with supervisory actions as if the institution were in the next lower category.

 

The federal banking agencies are generally required to take action to restrict the activities of an “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized” bank.  Any such bank must submit a capital restoration plan that is guaranteed by the parent holding company.  Until such plan is approved, it may not increase its assets, acquire another institution, establish a branch or engage in any new activities, and generally may not make capital distributions.  The banking regulators are authorized to impose additional restrictions, discussed below, that are applicable to significantly undercapitalized institutions.

 

Any institution that fails to comply with its capital plan or is “significantly undercapitalized” (ie, Tier 1 risk-based or core capital ratios of less than 3% or a risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%) must be made subject to one or more of additional specified actions and operating restrictions mandated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”).  These actions and restrictions include requiring the issuance of additional voting securities; limitations on asset growth; mandated asset reduction; changes in senior management; divestiture, merger or acquisition of the association; restrictions on executive compensation; and any other action the OTS deems appropriate.  An institution that becomes “critically undercapitalized” is subject to further mandatory restrictions on its activities in addition to those applicable to significantly undercapitalized associations.  In addition, the appropriate banking regulator must appoint a receiver (or conservator with the FDIC’s concurrence) for an institution, with certain limited exceptions, within 90 days after it becomes critically undercapitalized.  Any undercapitalized institution is also subject to other possible enforcement actions, including the appointment of a receiver or conservator.  The appropriate regulator is also generally authorized to reclassify an institution into a lower capital category and impose restrictions applicable to such category if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

 

Institutions must file a capital restoration plan with the OTS within 45 days of the date it receives a notice from the OTS that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized.”  Compliance with a capital restoration plan must be guaranteed by a parent holding company.  In addition, the OTS is permitted to take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions, including but not limited to the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Though not expected, the imposition of any of these measures on the Bank may have a substantial adverse effect on it and on the Company’s operations and profitability.  Meta Financial shareholders do not have preemptive rights and, therefore, if Meta Financial is directed by the OTS or the FDIC to issue additional shares of Common Stock, such issuance may result in the dilution in shareholders’ percentage of ownership of Meta Financial.

 

Branching by Federal Savings Associations.  Generally, subject to OTS approval, federal savings banks like the Bank are able to branch nationwide without state law interference.  Community Reinvestment Act performance is assessed, however, and could be the basis for the denial of branching (or other) applications submitted to the OTS by a federal savings bank.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness.  The federal banking agencies have adopted the Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness.  The guidelines establish certain safety and soundness standards for all depository institutions.  The operational and managerial standards in the guidelines relate to the following: (1) internal controls and information systems; (2) internal audit systems; (3) loan documentation; (4) credit underwriting; (5) interest rate exposure; (6) asset growth; (7) compensation, fees and benefits; (8) asset quality; and (9) earnings.  Again, rather than providing specific rules, the guidelines set forth basic compliance considerations and guidance with respect to a depository institution.  Failure to meet the standards in the guidelines, however, could result in a request by the OTS to the Bank to provide a written compliance plan to demonstrate its efforts to come into compliance with such guidelines.

 

Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions.  The OTS imposes various restrictions on savings associations with respect to their ability to make distributions of capital, which include dividends, stock redemptions or repurchases, cash-out mergers and other transactions charged to the capital account.  The OTS also prohibits a savings association from declaring or paying any dividends or from repurchasing any of its stock if, as a results of such action, the regulatory capital of the association would be reduced below the amount required to be maintained for the liquidation account established in connection with the Bank’s mutual to stock conversion.

 

Savings institutions such as the Bank may make a capital distribution without the approval of the OTS, provided they notify the OTS 30 days before they declare the capital distribution and they meet the following requirements: (i) have a regulatory rating in one of two top examination categories; (ii) are not of supervisory concern, and will remain adequately or well-capitalized, as found in the OTS prompt corrective action regulations, following the proposed distribution; and (iii) the distribution does not exceed their net income for the calendar year-to-date plus retained net income for the previous two calendar years (less any dividends previously paid).  If a savings institution does not meet the above state requirements, it must obtain prior approval of the OTS before declaring any proposed distributions.

 

The OTS has the authority, however, to prohibit a proposed capital distribution that would otherwise be permitted by regulation if it determines that such distribution would be an unsafe or unsound activity.  The Bank is also subject to certain restrictions on dividends as a result of its conversion from the mutual form of ownership. Such restrictions are not expected to interfere with the dividend policies of the Bank.

 

Qualified Thrift Lender Test.  All savings associations, including the Bank, are required to meet a qualified thrift lender (“QTL”) test to avoid certain restrictions on their operations.  This test requires a savings association to have at least 65% of its portfolio assets (as defined by regulation) in qualified thrift investments (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities) on a monthly average for nine out of every 12 months on a rolling basis or meet the requirements for a domestic building and loan association under the Internal Revenue Code.  Under either test, the required assets primarily consist of residential housing related to loans and investments.  At September 30, 2009, the Bank met the test and always has since its effectiveness.

 

Any savings association that fails to meet the QTL test must convert to a national bank charter, unless it qualifies as a QTL within one year and thereafter remains a QTL, or limits its new investments and activities to those permissible for both a savings association and a national bank.  In addition, the association is subject to national bank limits for payment of dividends and branching authority.  If such association has not requalified or converted to a national bank within three years after the failure, it must divest all investments and cease all activities not permissible for a national bank.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Community Reinvestment Act.  Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), every FDIC-insured institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and sound banking practices to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.  The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to a particular community.  The CRA requires the OTS, in connection with the examination of the Bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications, such as a merger or the establishment of a branch by the institution.  An unsatisfactory rating may be used as the basis for the denial of such an application.  The Bank was examined for CRA compliance in October 2007 and received a satisfactory rating.

 

Interstate Banking and Branching.  The FRB may approve an application of an adequately capitalized and adequately managed bank holding company to acquire control of, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, a bank located in a state other than such holding company’s home state, without regard to whether the transaction is prohibited by the laws of any state.  In general, the FRB may not approve the acquisition of a bank that has not been in existence for the minimum time period (not exceeding five years) specified by the statutory law of the host state or if the applicant (and its depository institution affiliates) controls or would control more than 10% of the insured deposits in the United States or 30% or more of the deposits in the target bank’s home state or in any state in which the target bank maintains a branch.  Iowa has adopted a five year minimum existence requirement.

 

The federal banking agencies are also generally authorized to approve interstate merger transactions without regard to whether such transaction is prohibited by the law of any state.  Interstate acquisitions of branches or the establishment of a new branch is permitted only if the law of the state in which the branch is located permits such acquisitions. Interstate mergers and branch acquisitions are also subject to the nationwide and statewide insured deposit concentration amounts described above.  Iowa permits interstate branching only by merger.

 

Transactions with Affiliates.  The Bank must comply with Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act relative to transactions with “affiliates,” generally defined to mean any company that controls or is under common control with the institution (as such, Meta Financial is an affiliate of the Bank for these purposes).  Transactions between an institution or its subsidiaries and its affiliates are required to be on terms as favorable to The Bank as terms prevailing at the time for transactions with nonaffiliates.  In addition, certain of these transactions, such as loans to an affiliate, are restricted to a percentage of the institutions’ capital (e.g., the aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate is limited to 10% of the capital and surplus of the institution; the aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of the institution’s capital and surplus).  In addition, a savings and loan holding company may not lend to any affiliate engaged in activities not permissible for a savings and loan holding company or acquire the securities of most affiliates.  The OTS has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of savings institutions as affiliates on a case-by-case basis.

 

On April 1, 2003, the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W, which comprehensively amends sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, became effective.  The Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W are applicable to the Bank.  The Regulation unifies and updates staff interpretations issued over the years, incorporates several new interpretive proposals (such as to clarify when transactions with an unrelated third party will be attributed to an affiliate) and addresses new issues arising as a result of the expanded scope of non-banking activities engaged in by banks and bank holding companies in recent years and authorized for financial holding companies under the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999.

 

Certain transactions with directors, officers or controlling persons are also subject to conflict of interest regulations.  These conflict of interest regulations and other statutes also impose restrictions on loans to such persons and their related interests.  Among other things, such loans must be made on terms substantially the same as for loans to unaffiliated individuals and must not create an abnormal risk of repayment or other unfavorable features for the Bank.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System.  The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Des Moines, one of 12 regional FHLBs that administers the home financing credit function of savings associations that is subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Agency.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be fully secured

 

36



Table of Contents

 

by sufficient collateral as determined by the FHLB.  In addition, all long-term advances must be used for residential home financing.

 

As members of the FHLB System, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain activity-based capital stock in the FHLB of Des Moines in the amount of 4.45% to support outstanding advances and mortgage loans.  At September 30, 2009, the Bank had in the aggregate $7.1million in FHLB stock, which was in compliance with this requirement.  For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, dividends paid by the FHLB of Des Moines to the Bank totaled $76,000.

 

Under federal law, the FHLBs are required to provide funds for the resolution of troubled savings associations and to contribute to low- and moderately priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income housing projects.  These contributions have affected adversely the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These contributions could also have an adverse effect on the value of FHLB stock in the future.  A reduction in value of the Bank’s FHLB stock may result in a corresponding reduction in the Bank’s capital.  In addition, the federal agency that regulates the FHLBs has required each FHLB to register its stock with the SEC, which will increase the costs of each FHLB and may have other effects that are not possible to predict at this time.

 

Federal Securities Law.  The common stock of Meta Financial is registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act, as amended.  Meta Financial is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Exchange Act.

 

Meta Financial’s stock held by persons who are affiliates (generally officers, directors and principal stockholders) of the Company may not be resold without registration unless sold in accordance with certain resale restrictions.  If Meta Financial meets specified current public information requirements, each affiliate of the Company, subject to certain requirements, will be able to sell, in the public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.

 

Holding Company Supervision & Regulation

 

Meta Financial is a unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act.  (Meta Financial deregistered as a bank holding company once it completed the sale of MetaBank WC in the spring of 2008.)  As such, it is registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision and is subject to OTS regulations, examinations, supervision, reporting requirements and regulations concerning corporate governance and activities.  The OTS requires payment of a semi-annual assessment which includes a $3,000 base assessment with an additional assessment based upon the holding company’s risk or complexity, organizational form and condition.

 

Pursuant to federal law, a savings and loan holding company may not, directly or indirectly: (i) acquire control of a savings institution without prior OTS approval;  (ii) through one or more subsidiaries, acquire more than 5% of the voting stock of another savings institution, or its holding company, without the prior written approval of the OTS; (iii) acquire through merger, consolidation or purchase of assets of another savings institution (or holding company thereof) without prior OTS approval, or (iv) acquire control of an uninsured institution.  When considering applications made by holding companies to it, the OTS must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution(s) involved, the effect of the potential acquisition on the DIF, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive issues.

 

Failure to Meet QTL Test.  If a banking subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company fails to meet the QTL test, the holding company must register with the FRB as a bank holding company within one year of the savings institution’s failure to comply.

 

Acquisition of Control.  Under the Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the OTS if any person (defined to include both individuals and corporate entities) or group of persons acting in concert seeks to acquire control of a savings and loan holding company or its depository institution subsidiary.  An acquisition of control can occur upon the acquisition of 10% or more of the voting stock of a savings and loan holding company or savings institution subsidiary or as otherwise defined by the OTS.  This presumption of control at the 10% level of

 

37



Table of Contents

 

ownership of voting securities can by rebutted with a submission to the OTS prior to the acquisition of stock or the occurrence of any other circumstance giving rise to such presumption.

 

Pursuant to the CIBC Act, the OTS has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the effect the acquisition could have on the depositors or the public, the competitive effects of the acquisition and the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer.  Any company deemed to be in “control” would then be subject to regulation as a savings and loan holding company and subject to registration with the OTS and the agency’s registration, examination and regulation.

 

Federal and State Taxation

 

Federal Taxation.  Meta Financial and its subsidiaries file consolidated federal income tax returns on a fiscal year basis using the accrual method of accounting.  In addition to the regular income tax, corporations, including savings banks such as the Bank, generally are subject to a minimum tax.  An alternative minimum tax is imposed at a minimum tax rate of 20% on alternative minimum taxable income, which is the sum of a corporation’s regular taxable income (with certain adjustments) and tax preference items, less any available exemption.  The alternative minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the corporation’s regular income tax and net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income.

 

To the extent earnings appropriated to a savings bank’s bad debt reserves and deducted for federal income tax purposes exceed the allowable amount of such reserves computed under the experience method and to the extent of the bank’s supplemental reserves for losses on loans (“Excess”), such Excess may not, without adverse tax consequences, be utilized for the payment of cash dividends or other distributions to a shareholder (including distributions on redemption, dissolution or liquidation) or for any other purpose (except to absorb bad debt losses).  As of September 30, 2009, the Bank’s Excess for tax purposes totaled approximately $6.7 million.

 

Iowa Taxation.  The Bank files Iowa franchise tax returns.  Meta Financial and First Services Financial, a subsidiary of the Bank file a consolidated Iowa corporation tax return on a fiscal year-end basis.

 

Iowa imposes a franchise tax on the taxable income of mutual and stock savings banks and commercial banks.  The tax rate is 5%, which may effectively be increased, in individual cases, by application of a minimum tax provision.  Taxable income under the franchise tax is generally similar to taxable income under the federal corporate income tax, except that, under the Iowa franchise tax, no deduction is allowed for Iowa franchise tax payments and taxable income includes interest on state and municipal obligations.  Interest on U.S. obligations is taxable under the Iowa franchise tax and under the federal corporate income tax.  The taxable income for Iowa franchise tax purposes is apportioned to Iowa through the use of a one-factor formula consisting of gross receipts only.

 

Taxable income under the Iowa corporate income tax is generally similar to taxable income under the federal corporate income tax, except that, under the Iowa tax, no deduction is allowed for Iowa income tax payments; interest from state and municipal obligations is included in income; interest from U.S. obligations is excluded from income; and 50% of federal corporate income tax payments are deductible from income.  The Iowa corporate income tax rates range from 6% to 12% and may be effectively increased, in individual cases, by application of a minimum tax provision.

 

South Dakota Taxation.  The Bank and Meta Trust Company file a consolidated South Dakota franchise tax return due to their operations in Sioux Falls and Brookings.  The South Dakota franchise tax is imposed on depository institutions and trust companies.  Meta Financial and the Bank’s subsidiaries are therefore not subject to the South Dakota franchise tax.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

South Dakota imposes a franchise tax on the taxable income of depository institutions and trust companies at the rate of 6%.  Taxable income under the franchise tax is generally similar to taxable income under the federal corporate income tax, except that, under the South Dakota franchise tax, no deduction is allowed for state income and franchise taxes, income from municipal obligations exempt from federal taxes are included in the franchise taxable income, and there is a deduction allowed for federal income taxes accrued for the fiscal year.  The taxable income for South Dakota franchise tax purposes is apportioned to South Dakota through the use of a three-factor formula consisting of tangible real and personal property, payroll and gross receipts.

 

Delaware Taxation.  As a Delaware holding company, Meta Financial is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual report with and pay an annual fee to the State of Delaware.  Meta Financial is also subject to an annual franchise tax imposed by the State of Delaware.

 

Competition

 

The Company’s retail banking operation faces strong competition, both in originating real estate and other loans and in attracting deposits.  Competition in originating real estate loans comes primarily from commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, captive finance companies, insurance companies, and mortgage bankers making loans secured by real estate located in the Company’s market area.  Commercial banks and credit unions provide vigorous competition in consumer lending.  The Company competes for real estate and other loans principally on the basis of the quality of services it provides to borrowers, interest rates and loan fees it charges, and the types of loans it originates.

 

The Company’s retail banking operation attracts deposits through its retail banking offices, primarily from the communities in which those retail banking offices are located; therefore, competition for those deposits is principally from other commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions and brokerage offices located in the same communities.  The Company competes for these deposits by offering a variety of deposit accounts at competitive rates, convenient business hours, and convenient branch locations with interbranch deposit and withdrawal privileges at each.

 

The Company’s payment systems division serves customers nationally and faces competition from large commercial banks and specialty providers of electronic payments processing and servicing, including prepaid, debit, and credit card issuers, ACH processors, and ATM network sponsors.  Many of these national players are aggressive competitors, leveraging relationships and economies of scale the Company is still developing.

 

Employees

 

At September 30, 2009, the Company and its subsidiaries had a total of 468 full-time equivalent employees.  The Company’s employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group.  Management considers its employee relations to be good.

 

Executive Officers of the Company Who Are Not Directors

 

The following information as to the business experience during the past five years is supplied with respect to the executive officers of the Company who do not serve on the Company’s Board of Directors.  There are no arrangements or understandings between such persons named and any persons pursuant to which such officers were selected.

 

On June 27, 2005, Mr. Troy Moore III was named Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank. Additionally, Mr. Moore became a member of the Executive Committees of both the Company and the Bank. Previously, Mr. Moore, age 41, had been the president of the Central Iowa Market of the Bank, a position he had held since 1998. He joined the Bank in 1997 as a Vice President in the Central Iowa Market. Mr. Moore received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa.  Mr. Moore is the son-in-law of James S. Haahr, the Company’s Chairman of the Board, and the brother-in-law of J. Tyler Haahr, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

On April 23, 2007, Mr. Scott Galit, age 39, was named Executive Vice President of Meta Payments Systems.  Additionally, Mr. Galit serves on the the Bank Executive Committee.  Mr. Galit previously served as Senior Vice President of Global Prepaid Products at MasterCard ® Worldwide.  Prior to joining MasterCard ®, Mr. Galit was Senior Vice President and General Manager of First Data Prepaid Solutions.  Mr. Galit was a founding board member of the Network Branded Prepaid Card Association (“NBPCA”) and currently serves on the NBPCA Advisory Board.

 

On January 28, 2008, Mr. David W. Leedom, age 55, was appointed Senior Vice President and Secretary, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.  Additionally, Mr. Leedom became a member of the Executive Committees for both the Company and the Bank.  Mr. Leedom brings over 24 years of experience in the banking and financial services industry to the company.  Since January, 2007, Mr. Leedom served as Senior Vice President of Portfolio Credit and Business Analytics at the Bank.  He previously served as a Senior and as an Executive Vice President for BankFirst for 11 years prior to joining Meta in January 2007; his experience at BankFirst included his positions as EVP of Accounting and Finance and Credit Portfolio Management.  Mr. Leedom received a Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting degree from the University of Iowa.

 

Item 1A.         Risk Factors

 

Factors that, individually or in the aggregate, we think could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results include those described below as well as other risks and factors identified from time to time in our SEC filings.  The Company’s business could be harmed by any of the risks noted below.  The trading price of the Company’s common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information contained in this annual report on Form 10-K, including the Company’s financial statements and related notes.

 

Risks Related to the Banking Industry

 

Changes in economic and political conditions could adversely affect the Company’s earnings, as the Company’s borrowers’ ability to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing the Company’s loans decline.

 

The Company’s success depends, to a certain extent, upon economic and political conditions, local and national, as well as governmental monetary policies. Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in interest rates, money supply and other factors beyond the Company’s control may adversely affect the Company’s asset quality, deposit levels and loan demand and, therefore, the Company’s earnings. Because the Company has a significant amount of real estate loans, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral.  Among other things, adverse changes in the economy, including but not limited to the current economic downturn, may also have a negative effect on the ability of the Company’s borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on the Company’s earnings.  In addition, the vast majority of the Company’s loans are to individuals and businesses in the Company’s market area.  Consequently, any economic decline in the Company’s market area could have an adverse impact on the Company’s earnings.

 

Recessionary environment may adversely impact the Company’s earnings and new governmental initiatives may not prove effective.

 

The national and global economic downturn has recently resulted in extreme levels of market volatility locally, nationally and internationally.  This downturn has depressed the overall market value of financial institutions, including the Company, and may limit or impede industry access to capital, or have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of banking companies in general, with respect to, for example, the establishment of reserves should conditions deteriorate further.

 

In this respect, while the duration and severity of the adverse economic cycle appears to be lessening at the moment, and although the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the FDIC, among others, have implemented programs in an effort to stabilize the national economy, the ultimate effectiveness of these programs remains uncertain at this time.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company’s earnings depend substantially on the Company’s interest rate spread, which is the difference between (i) the rates we earn on loans, securities and other earning assets, and (ii) the interest rates we pay on deposits and other borrowings.  These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond the Company’s control, including general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities.  As market interest rates rise, we will have competitive pressures to increase the rates we pay on deposits, which may result in a decrease of the Company’s net interest income.  Conversely, if interest rates fall, yields on loans and investments may fall.  Because a significant portion of the Company’s deposit portfolio is in non-interest bearing accounts, such a change in rates would likely result in a decrease in the Company’s net interest income.  For additional information, see Item 7A, herein.

 

The Company operates in a highly regulated environment, and changes in laws and regulations to which we are subject may adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

 

The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OTS and the FDIC.  See “Business – Regulation” herein.  Applicable laws and regulations may change, and there is no assurance that such changes will not adversely affect the Company’s business.  In this respect potentially landscape-changing legislative proposals have been introduced in Congress, and by regulatory agencies with respect to their respective regulatory powers.  Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which an institution may engage including the activities of MPS, and are intended primarily for the protection of the Bank, its depositors and the FDIC.  Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including but not limited to the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution, the classification of assets by the institution and the adequacy of an institution’s allowance for loan losses.  Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of restrictions on activities, regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, including but not limited to changes in the regulations governing savings banks, could have a material impact on the Company’s operations.  It is unknown at this time to what extent legislation will be passed into law or regulatory proposals will be adopted, or the effect that such passage or adoption will have on the banking industry or the Company.

 

Changes in technology could be costly.

 

The banking industry is undergoing technological innovation at a fast pace.  To keep up with its competition, the Company needs to stay abreast of innovations and evaluate those technologies that will enable it to compete on a cost-effective basis.  This is especially true with respect to MPS.  The cost of such technology, including personnel, can be high in both absolute and relative terms.  There can be no assurance, given the fast pace of change and innovation, that the Company’s technology, either purchased or developed internally, will meet or continue to meet the needs of the Company.

 

Risks Related to the Company’s Business

 

The Company operates in an extremely competitive market, and the Company’s business will suffer if it is unable to compete effectively.

 

The Company encounters significant competition in the Company’s market area from other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market mutual funds and other financial intermediaries.  Many of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits and may offer services that the Company does not or cannot provide.  The Company’s profitability depends upon the Company’s continued ability to compete successfully in the Company’s market area.  MPS operates on a national scale against competitors with substantially greater resources and limited barriers to entry.  The success of MPS depends upon its ability to compete in such an environment.

 

Existing insurance policies may not adequately protect the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

Business interruption and property insurance policies are in place with respect to the operations of the Company.  Should any event triggering such policies occur, however, it is possible that our policies would not fully reimburse us for the losses we could sustain.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

The loss of key members of the Company’s senior management team could adversely affect the Company’s business.

 

We believe that the Company’s success depends largely on the efforts and abilities of the Company’s senior management.  Their experience and industry contacts significantly benefit us.  The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry is intense, and the loss of any of the Company’s key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect the Company’s business.

 

The Company’s loan portfolio includes loans with a higher risk of loss.

 

The Company originates commercial mortgage loans, commercial loans, consumer loans, agricultural mortgage loans, agricultural loans and residential mortgage loans primarily within the Company’s market areasCommercial mortgage, commercial, and consumer loans may expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans may not be sold as easily as residential real estate.  These loans also have greater credit risk than residential real estate for the following reasons:

 

·                  Commercial Mortgage Loans. Repayment is dependent upon income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service.

 

·                  Commercial Loans. Repayment is dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business.

 

·                  Consumer Loans. Consumer loans (such as personal lines of credit) are collateralized, if at all, with assets that may not provide an adequate source of payment of the loan due to depreciation, damage, or loss.

 

·                  Agricultural Loans. Repayment is dependent upon the successful operation of the business, which is greatly dependent on many things outside the control of either the Bank or the borrowers. These factors include weather, commodity prices, and interest rates, among others.

 

·                  MPS Program Loans.  MPS originates consumer loans, in some cases related to anticipated tax refunds that are funded to prepaid cards.  For certain of these loans, repayment is based on the customer filing a tax return and the Internal Revenue Service funding the tax refund.  If either or both do not occur, losses could result.  MPS has loss protection agreements in place with certain business partners in which they will absorb some or all of such losses in the event they were to exceed certain levels.

 

If the Company’s actual loan losses exceed the Company’s allowance for loan losses, the Company’s net income will decrease.

 

The Company makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of the Company’s loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of the Company’s borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of the Company’s loans.  Despite the Company’s underwriting and monitoring practices, the Company’s loan customers may not repay their loans according to their terms, and the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance.  The Company may experience significant loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on its operating results.  Because the Company must use assumptions regarding individual loans and the economy, the current allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses, and increases in the allowance may be necessary.  The Company may need to significantly increase the Company’s provision for losses on loans if one or more of the Company’s larger loans or credit relationships becomes delinquent or if we continue to expand the Company’s commercial real estate and commercial lending.  In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to increase the Company’s provision for loan losses or recognize loan charge-offs.  Material additions to the Company’s allowance would materially decrease the Company’s net income.  The Company cannot assure you that its monitoring procedures and policies will reduce certain lending risks or that the Company’s allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover actual losses.

 

If the Company forecloses on and takes ownership of real estate collateral property, it may be subject to the increased costs associated with the ownership of real property, resulting in reduced revenues.

 

The Company may have to foreclose on collateral property to protect its investment and may thereafter own and operate such property.  In such case, the Company will be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of

 

42



Table of Contents

 

real estate.  The amount that the Company, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is dependent upon factors outside of the Company’s control, including, but not limited to:  (i) general or local economic conditions; (ii) neighborhood values; (iii) interest rates; (iv) real estate tax rates; (v) operating expenses of the mortgaged properties; (vi) supply of and demand for rental units or properties; (vii) ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties; (viii) zoning laws; (ix) governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and (x) acts of God.  Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real estate, principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the income from the real estate.  Therefore, the cost of operating a real property may exceed the rental income earned from such property, and the Company may have to advance funds in order to protect the Company’s investment, or may be required to dispose of the real property at a loss.  The foregoing expenditures and costs could adversely affect the Company’s ability to generate revenues, resulting in reduced levels of profitability.

 

Environmental liability associated with commercial lending could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In the course of the Company’s business, it may acquire, through foreclosure, commercial properties securing loans that are in default.  There is a risk that hazardous substances could be discovered on those properties.  In this event, the Company could be required to remove the substances from and remediate the properties at its own cost and expense.  The cost of removal and environmental remediation could be substantial.  The Company may not have adequate remedies against the owners of the properties or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected properties.  These events could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results.

 

If the Company fails to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, it may not be able to accurately report the Company’s financial results or prevent fraud, and, as a result, investors and depositors could lose confidence in the Company’s financial reporting, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, the trading price of the Company’s stock and the Company’s ability to attract additional deposits.

 

Beginning with our last annual report on Form 10-K, the Company has been required to include in its annual reports filed with the SEC a report of the Company’s management regarding internal control over financial reporting.  As a result, in recent years, we have begun to document and evaluate the Company’s internal control over financial reporting in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (or SOA) and SEC rules and regulations, which require an annual management report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, including, among other matters, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.  The SOA also will require an attestation report by the Company’s independent auditors addressing these assessments at the conclusion of our 2010 fiscal year on September 30, 2010.  Accordingly, management has retained outside consultants to assist the Company in (i) assessing and documenting the adequacy of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, (ii) improving control processes, where appropriate, and (iii) verifying through material weaknesses or testing that controls are functioning as documented.  If the Company fails to identify and correct any significant deficiencies in the design or operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting or fails to prevent fraud, current and potential stockholders and depositors could lose confidence in the Company’s financial reporting, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, the trading price of the Company’s stock, and the Company’s ability to attract additional deposits.

 

No material weaknesses have been identified in connection with the Company’s fiscal year 2009 audit.  If material weaknesses are identified in the future, such weaknesses could have a material impact on the profitability and performance of the Company.

 

The Company’s duties under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 have been increasing and are anticipated to increase further in fiscal 2010.

 

As indicated in a preceding risk factor, pursuant to the requirements of Section 404 of the SOA, beginning with our last annual report the Company has been required to provide an annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.  Beginning with our next annual report for the fiscal

 

43



Table of Contents

 

year ending September 30, 2010, Section 404 of the SOA will also require a report by our independent auditors addressing our management’s assessments.  These reporting and other obligations have placed, and will increasingly continue to place, significant demands on our management, administrative, operational, internal audit, tax and accounting resources. We are implementing additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and an internal audit function and are hiring additional accounting, internal audit and finance staff.  If we are unable to accomplish these objectives in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to public companies could be impaired.

 

A breach of information security or compliance breach by one of the Company’s agents or vendors could negatively affect the Company’s reputation and business.

 

The Company depends on data processing, communication and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks and over the internet.  The Company cannot be certain all of its systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack, despite safeguards it has installed.  Additionally, the Company relies on and does business with a variety of third-party service providers, agents and vendors with respect to the Company’s business, data and communications needs.  If information security is breached, or one of the Company’s agents or vendors breaches compliance procedures, information could be lost or misappropriated, resulting in financial loss or costs to the Company or damages to others.  These costs or losses could materially exceed the Company’s amount of insurance coverage, if any, which would adversely affect the Company’s business.

 

Risks Related to the Company’s Stock

 

The price of the Company’s common stock may be volatile, which may result in losses for investors.

 

The market price for shares of the Company’s common stock has been volatile in the past, and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future.  These factors include:

 

·                  announcements of developments related to the Company’s business,

 

·                  fluctuations in the Company’s results of operations,

 

·                  sales of substantial amounts of the Company’s securities into the marketplace,

 

·                  general conditions in the Company’s banking niche or the worldwide economy,

 

·                  a shortfall in revenues or earnings compared to securities analysts’ expectations,

 

·                  lack of an active trading market for the common stock,

 

·                  changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections, and

 

·                  The Company’s announcement of new acquisitions or other projects.

 

The market price of the Company’s common stock may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to the Company’s performance.  General market price declines or market volatility in the future could adversely affect the price of the Company’s common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices.

 

The Company’s common stock is thinly traded, and thus your ability to sell shares or purchase additional shares of the Company’s common stock will be limited, and the market price at any time may not reflect true value.

 

Your ability to sell shares of the Company’s common stock or purchase additional shares largely depends upon the existence of an active market for the common stock.  The Company’s common stock is quoted on NASDAQ Stock Market, but the volume of trades on any given day is light, and you may be unable to find a buyer for shares you wish to sell or a seller of additional shares you wish to purchase.  In addition, a fair valuation of the purchase or sales price of a share of common stock also depends upon active trading, and thus the price you receive for a thinly traded stock, such as the Company’s common stock, may not reflect its true value.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Future sales or additional issuances of the Company’s capital stock may depress prices of shares of the Company’s common stock or otherwise dilute the book value of shares then outstanding.

 

Sales of a substantial amount of the Company’s capital stock in the public market or the issuance of a significant number of shares could adversely affect the market price for shares of the Company’s common stock. As of September 30, 2009, the Company was authorized to issue up to 5,200,000 shares of common stock, of which 2,634,215 shares were outstanding, and 323,784 shares were held as treasury stock.  The Company was also authorized to issue up to 800,000 shares of preferred stock, none of which is outstanding or reserved for issuance.  Accordingly, without further stockholder approval, the Company may issue up to 2,565,785 additional shares of common stock.  This factor may affect the market price for shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

Federal regulations may inhibit a takeover, prevent a transaction you may favor or limit the Company’s growth opportunities, which could cause the market price of the Company’s common stock to decline.

 

Certain provisions of the Company’s charter documents and federal regulations could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of the company.  In addition, the Company must obtain approval from regulatory authorities before it can acquire control of any other company.

 

The Company may not be able to pay dividends in the future in accordance with past practice.

 

The Company pays a quarterly dividend to stockholders.  The payment of dividends is subject to legal and regulatory restrictions.  Any payment of dividends in the future will depend, in large part, on the Company’s earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, regulatory review, and other factors considered relevant by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Risks Related to Meta Payment Systems®, a division of the Bank

 

MPS’ products and services are highly regulated financial products subject to extensive supervision and regulation.

 

The products and services offered by MPS are highly regulated by federal banking agencies, state banking agencies, and other federal and state regulators.  Some of the laws and related regulations affecting its operations include consumer protection laws, escheat laws, privacy laws, and data protection laws.  Compliance with the relevant legal paradigm in which the division operates is costly and requires significant personnel resources, as well as extensive contacts with outside lawyers and consultants hired by MPS to stay abreast of the applicable regulatory schemes.

 

While some proposed legislation would benefit MPS, it is possible that new legislation could restrict MPS’ current operations or change the regulatory environment in which the division’s customers operate.

 

Although it is possible that some legislation under consideration could have either a positive or de minimis impact on its operations and profitability it is just as likely that any new legislation affecting the operations of MPS or its customers, some of which are also regulated entities, would have a negative impact on the conduct of the relevant business.  There is no way to quantify the impact that such changes could have on the profitability or operations of MPS at this time given the unpredictable nature of the risk.

 

In addition to the relevant legal paradigm set forth above, it should also be noted that there has been concern within the bank regulatory environment over the use of credit and, in particular, prepaid cards as a means by which to illegally launder and move money.  Should the regulatory scheme change in any fashion as to alter the current environment by which such products and services may be offered, this could have a significant impact upon MPS’s operations as well as the operations of its customers.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

MPS, through the Bank, owns or is seeking a number of patents, trademarks and other forms of intellectual property with respect to the operation of its business and the protection of such intellectual property may in the future require material expenditures.

 

In its operations, MPS, through the Bank, is seeking protection for various forms of intellectual property.  No assurance can be given that such protection will be granted.  In addition, the competitive market environment of its business, MPS must be vigilant in ensuring that its patents and other intellectual property are protected and not exploited by unlicensed third parties.

 

MPS must also protect itself and defend against intellectual property challenges initiated by third parties making various claims against MPS.  With respect to these claims, regardless of whether we are pursuing our claims against perceived infringers or defending our intellectual property from third parties asserting various claims of infringement, it is possible that significant personnel time and monetary resources could be used to pursue or defend such claims.

 

It should also be noted that intellectual property risks extend to foreign countries whose protections of such property are not as extensive as those in the United States.  As such, MPS may need to spend additional sums to ensure that its intellectual property protections are maximized globally.  Moreover, should there be a material, improper use of MPS’ intellectual property; this could have an impact on the division’s operations.

 

Contracts with third-parties may not be renewed, may be renegotiated on terms that are not as favorable to MPS or may not be fulfilled.

 

MPS has entered into numerous contracts with third parties with respect to the operations of its business.  In some instances, the third parties provide services to MPS; in other instances, MPS provides products and services to such third parties.  Were such agreements not to be renewed by the third party or were such agreements to be renewed on terms less favorable to MPS, such actions could have a material impact on the division’s profitability.

 

Similarly, were one of these parties unable to meet their obligations to us for any reason (including but not limited to bankruptcy, computer or other technological interruptions or failures, personnel loss or Acts of God), we may need to seek alternative service providers and the terms with such alternate providers may not be as favorable as those currently in place.  In addition, were such failures to cause a material disruption in our ability to service our customers, it is possible that our customer base would shrink.  Moreover, were the disruptions in our ability to provide services significant, this could negatively affect the perception of our business in the card industry.

 

International expansion presents unique opportunities and challenges.

 

The international use of cards, both credit and prepaid, continues to grow.  Such growth presents MPS with opportunities to acquire market share where its presence has been either minimal or nonexistent.  Investments must be made by the division to pursue such opportunities, however, and the return on such investments may either be slow to mature or may fail to materialize completely.  In addition, the pursuit of additional foreign opportunities may prevent the division from focusing on its current domestic business.

 

Costs of conforming products and services to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (the “PCI DSS”) are costly and could continue to affect the operations of MPS.

 

The PCI DSS is a multifaceted standard that includes data security management, policies and procedures, as well as other protective measures, that was created by the largest credit card associations in the world in an effort to protect the nonpublic personal information of all types of cardholders, including prepaid cardholders and holders of network branded credit cards (such as Discover, MasterCard, and Visa).  The PCI DSS mandates a prescribed technical foundation for the collection, storage and transmission of cardholder data and also contains significant provisions regarding the testing of security protections by various entities in the payment card industry, including MPS.  Compliance with the PCI DSS is costly and changes to the standards could have an equal, or greater, effect on profitability of the relevant business division.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

The potential for fraud in the card payment industry is significant.

 

Issuers of prepaid and credit cards have suffered significant losses in recent years with respect to the theft of cardholder data that has been illegally exploited for personal gain.  The theft of such information is regularly reported and affects not only individuals but businesses as well (albeit to a lesser degree).  Many types of credit card fraud exist, including the counterfeiting of cards and “skimming.”  “Skimming” is the term for a specialized type of credit card information theft whereby, typically, an employee of a merchant will copy the cardholder’s number and security code (either by handwriting the information onto a piece of paper, entering such information into a keypad or other device, or using a handheld device which “reads” and then stores the card information embedded in the magnetic strip).  Once a credit card number and security code has been skimmed, the skimmer can use such information for purchases until the unauthorized use is detected either by the cardholder or the card issuer.

 

Losses from skimming have been substantial for certain card industry participants.  Although skimming has not had a material impact on the profitability of MPS, it is possible that such activity could impact this division at some time in the future.

 

Part of our business depends on sales agents who do not sell our products exclusively.

 

Our business model, to some degree, depends upon the use of sales agents who are not our employees.  These agents sell the products and services of many different processors to merchants and other parties in need of a card services.  Failure to maintain good relations with such sales agents could have a negative impact on our business.

 

Products and services offered by MPS involve many business parties and the possibility of collusion exists.

 

As described above, the theft of cardholder data is a significant threat in the industry in which MPS operates.  This threat also includes the possibility that there is collusion between certain participants in the card system to act illegally.  Although MPS is not aware of any instances to date, it is possible that such activities could occur in the future, thereby impacting its operation and profitability.

 

Competition in the card industry is significant.  In order to maintain an edge to its products and offerings, MPS must invest significantly in technology and research and development.

 

The heavy emphasis upon technology in the products and services offered by MPS requires significant expenditures with respect to research and development both to exploit technological gains and to develop new products and services to meet customers’ needs.  As is common with most research and development, while some efforts may yield substantial benefits for the division, others will not, thereby resulting in expenditures for which profits will not be realized.  MPS is not able to predict with any degree of certainty as to the level of research and development that will be required in the future, how much those efforts will cost, or how profitable such developments will be for the division once undertaken.

 

Discover, MasterCard, and Visa, as well as other electronic funds networks in which MPS operates, could change their rules.

 

Pursuant to the agreements between MPS and Discover, MasterCard, Visa and other card networks, these third parties typically have retained the right to prescribe certain business practices and procedures with respect to parties such as MPS.  Such prescribed terms include, but are not limited to, a contracting party’s level of capital as well as other business requirements.

 

Discover, MasterCard, and Visa also retain the right in their agreements with industry participants such as MPS to unilaterally change the rules under which such transactions are processed with little or no advance warning.  This power includes the power to prevent MPS from accessing their networks in order to process transactions.  Should any third party choose to invoke this right unilaterally, such changes could materially impact the operations of MPS.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Our business is heavily dependent upon the Internet and any negative disruptions to its operation could negatively impact our business.

 

Much of our business depends upon transactions being processed through the Internet.  Like nearly all other commercial enterprises, we rely upon others to provide the Internet so that commerce can be conducted.  Were there to be a failure in the operation of the Internet or a significant impairment in our ability to move information on the Internet or our ability to do so in accordance with customer safeguard protocols, MPS would develop alternative processes during which time profitability may be somewhat lower.

 

Our ability to process transactions requires functioning communication and electricity lines.

 

The nature of the credit card and debit card industry is that it must be operational every day of the week every hour of the week.  Any disruption in the utilities utilized by MPS could have a negative effect on our operations and extensive disruptions could materially affect our operations.

 

Data encryption technology has not been perfected and vigilance in MPS’ information technology systems is costly.

 

MPS holds sensitive business and personal information with respect to the products and services it offers.  This information, which is generally digitally encrypted, is passed along various technology channels, including the Internet.  Although MPS encrypts its customer and other sensitive information and expends significant financial and personnel resources to maintain the integrity of its technology networks and the confidentiality of nonpublic customer information, because such information may travel on public technology and other non-secure channels, the confidential information is susceptible to hacking and other illegal intrusions.  Were such a security breach to occur, the provision of products and services to customers of MPS would be impaired and could incur significant fines from the electronic funds associations involved, significant regulatory fines imposed by federal and/or state regulators and other prohibitions, as well as extensive litigation from commercial parties and consumers affected by such breach.

 

Unclaimed funds represented by unused value on the cards presents compliance and other risks.

 

The notion of escheatment involves property that is abandoned and its rightful owner cannot be readily located and/or identified.  In the context of prepaid cards, the funds represented on such cards can sometimes be “abandoned” or unused for the relevant period of time set forth in each applicable state’s abandoned property laws.  Although MPS utilizes automated programs to ensure its operations are compliant with such applicable laws and regulations, there appears to be a movement among some state regulators to interpret definitions in those statutes and regulations in a manner that is different from standard industry interpretations.  Should such state regulators choose to do so, they may initiate enforcement or other litigation action against prepaid card issuers such as MPS.

 

MPS operates in a highly competitive environment and the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel may be difficult.

 

MPS competes in a highly competitive environment with other larger and better capitalized financial intermediaries.  In addition, the field of professionals involved in the design and production of products and services offered by MPS is highly skilled and actively sought after by financial institutions, electronic card networks and other commercial entities.  As such, MPS must spend significant sums to attract employees and executives and must monitor compensation and other employment trends to ensure that compensation packages both foster the necessary creative environment and appropriately compensate such individuals in order to retain them.

 

MPS Revenue Concentration.

 

MPS works with a large number of business partners to derive its revenue.  The Company believes three of its partners have reached a size that, should these partners’ business with the Company end, the revenue attributable to them would have a material effect on the financial results of the Company.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Item 1B.         Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 2.            Properties

 

The Company conducts its business at its main office and branch office in Storm Lake, Iowa.  The Company operates six offices in metro Des Moines, Iowa.  The Company also operates one office in Brookings, South Dakota and three offices in Sioux Falls, South Dakota.  In addition, the Company leases space at another facility in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, which houses general corporate and MPS functions, leases space in Omaha, Nebraska, which houses certain MPS functions and operates a non-retail service branch in Memphis, Tennessee.

 

The Company owns all of its offices, except for the branch offices located in Storm Lake Plaza, Storm Lake, Iowa, on Westown Parkway, West Des Moines, Iowa, on North Minnesota Avenue, Sioux Falls, South Dakota, on South Western Avenue, Sioux Falls, South Dakota, on West 12th Street, Sioux Falls, South Dakota, the administrative and MPS offices located on Broadband Lane in Sioux Falls, Omaha and the non-retail service branch in Memphis, Tennessee.  In regard to the South Western and West 12th Street locations in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, the land on which the buildings were constructed is leased.  The total net book value of the Company’s premises and equipment (including land, building and leasehold improvements and furniture, fixtures and equipment) at September 30, 2009 was $22.0 million.  See Note 7 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

The Company is experiencing rapid growth, particularly as a result of growth of MPS.  While current facilities are adequate to meet its present needs, the Company may add additional locations in the future, and may be required to expand capacity for administrative support functions.

 

The Bank maintains an on-line data base with a service bureau, whose primary business is providing such services to financial institutions.  The net book value of the data processing and computer equipment utilized by the Company at September 30, 2009 was approximately $3.0 million.

 

Item 3.            Legal Proceedings

 

Since the last filing of Form 10-K, the matter of St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company v. MetaBank, filed in the United States District Court, Northern District of Illinois, Case No. 09-CV-01031, has been settled and the suit will be dismissed shortly.  Currently, there are five cases still pending and the Company is vigorously defending these actions.  Two of the cases are class action cases although to date no class has been certified.  The remaining three cases share similar fact patterns as each Plaintiff seeks recovery of $99,000 and other specified damages, in connection with a fraudulent CD.  In all, nine cases have been filed, and of those nine, two have been dismissed, and two have been settled.

 

Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company v MetaBank, Case No. LACV007196.  On November 3, 2009, Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company (“CRBT”) filed a Petition against MetaBank in the Iowa District Court in and for Linn County claiming an unspecified amount of money damages against MetaBank arising from CRBT’s participation in loans originated by MetaBank to companies owned or controlled by Dan Nelson.  The complaint states that the Nelson companies eventually filed for bankruptcy and the loans, including CRBT’s portion, were not fully repaid.  Under a variety of theories, CRBT claims that MetaBank had material negative information about Dan Nelson, his companies and the loans that it did not share with CRBT prior to CRBT taking a participation interest in them.  MetaBank believes that CRBT’s loss of principal was limited to approximately $200,000, and in any event intends to vigorously defend its actions.

 

Other than the matters set forth above, there are no other material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or its subsidiaries is a party other than ordinary routine litigation to their respective businesses.

 

Item 4.            Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the quarter ended September 30, 2009.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

Item 5.                                   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Securities

 

The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market® under the symbol “CASH.”  Quarterly dividends for 2009 and 2008 were $0.13.  The price range of the common stock, as reported on the NASDAQ System, was as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2009

 

Fiscal Year 2008

 

 

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

6.75

 

$

16.94

 

$

38.83

 

$

41.98

 

Second Quarter

 

6.59

 

12.28

 

17.34

 

40.75

 

Third Quarter

 

8.50

 

21.52

 

16.00

 

27.00

 

Fourth Quarter

 

19.27

 

24.05

 

16.85

 

27.55

 

 

Prices disclose inter-dealer quotations without retail mark-up, mark-down or commissions, and do not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 

Dividend payment decisions are made with consideration of a variety of factors including earnings, financial condition, market considerations, and regulatory restrictions.

 

As of September 30, 2009, the Company had 2,634,215 shares of common stock outstanding, which were held by 207 shareholders of record, and 577,921 shares subject to outstanding options.  The shareholders of record number does not reflect approximately 500 persons or entities that hold their stock in nominee or “street” name.

 

The transfer agent for the Company’s common stock is Registrar & Transfer Company, 10 Commerce Drive, Cranford, New Jersey, 07016.

 

There have been no purchases by the Company during the quarter ended September 30, 2009 of equity securities that are registered by the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Item 6.            Selected Financial Data

 

SEPTEMBER 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

834,777

 

$

710,236

 

$

686,080

 

$

740,921

 

$

775,839

 

Loans receivable, net

 

391,609

 

427,928

 

355,612

 

368,959

 

415,568

 

Securities available for sale

 

364,838

 

203,834

 

158,701

 

172,444

 

213,245

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

2,215

 

2,206

 

1,508

 

1,508

 

1,508

 

Deposits

 

653,747

 

499,804

 

522,978

 

538,169

 

510,258

 

Total borrowings

 

116,796

 

147,683

 

78,534

 

114,789

 

176,857

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

47,345

 

45,733

 

48,098

 

45,099

 

42,959

 

 

YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SELECTED OPERATIONS DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

36,726

 

$

37,418

 

$

37,774

 

$

38,112

 

$

38,368

 

Total interest expense

 

8,907

 

13,415

 

16,967

 

19,611

 

20,305

 

Net interest income

 

27,819

 

24,003

 

20,807

 

18,501

 

18,063

 

Provision for loan losses

 

18,713

 

2,715

 

3,168

 

310

 

4,713

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

9,106

 

21,288

 

17,639

 

18,191

 

13,350

 

Total non-interest income

 

79,969

 

37,696

 

21,858

 

13,495

 

3,502

 

Total non-interest expense

 

91,081

 

61,820

 

36,958

 

26,641

 

17,995

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)

 

(2,006

)

(2,836

)

2,539

 

5,045

 

(1,143

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(543

)

(1,002

)

1,227

 

1,666

 

(491

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

(1,463

)

(1,834

)

1,312

 

3,379

 

(652

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

811

 

(141

)

309

 

(272

)

Net income (loss)

 

(1,463

)

(1,023

)

1,171

 

3,688

 

(924

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.71

)

$

0.52

 

$

1.36

 

$

(0.27

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

0.31

 

(0.06

)

0.12

 

(0.11

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.40

)

$

0.46

 

$

1.48

 

$

(0.38

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.69

)

$

0.50

 

$

1.34

 

$

(0.27

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

0.31

 

(0.05

)

0.12

 

(0.11

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.38

)

$

0.45

 

$

1.46

 

$

(0.38

)

 

51



Table of Contents

 

YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS AND OTHER DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERFORMANCE RATIOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

-0.20

%

-0.14

%

0.17

%

0.49

%

-0.12

%

Return on average assets-continuing operations

 

-0.20

%

-0.24

%

0.19

%

0.45

%

-0.08

%

Return on average equity

 

-3.13

%

-2.27

%

2.69

%

8.55

%

-2.04

%

Return on average equity-continuing operations

 

-3.13

%

-4.07

%

3.01

%

7.83

%

-1.44

%

Net interest margin-continuing operations

 

3.50

%

3.51

%

3.38

%

2.85

%

2.59

%

Operating expense to average assets-continuing operations

 

10.55

%

8.25

%

5.26

%

3.55

%

2.29

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QUALITY RATIOS-Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing assets to total assets at end of year

 

1.76

%

1.06

%

0.38

%

0.72

%

0.84

%

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

 

55

%

76

%

196

%

121

%

373

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CAPITAL RATIOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity to total assets at end of period

 

5.67

%

6.44

%

7.01

%

6.09

%

5.54

%

Average shareholders’ equity to average assets

 

5.42

%

6.01

%

6.20

%

5.76

%

5.77

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Book value per common share outstanding

 

$

17.97

 

$

17.58

 

$

18.57

 

$

17.79

 

$

17.16

 

Dividends declared per share

 

0.52

 

0.52

 

0.52

 

0.52

 

0.52

 

Number of full-service offices

 

12

 

13

 

17

 

19

 

17

 

 

Item 7.                                   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

This section should be read in conjunction with the following parts on this Form 10-K: Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” and Part I, Item 1 “Description of Business.”

 

General

 

The Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company whose primary subsidiary is the Bank.  The Company focuses on two core businesses, its regional retail banking business and a national payments business, conducted through its MPS division.  The Company’s retail bank business is focused on establishing and maintaining long-term relationships with customers, and is committed to serving the financial service needs of the communities in its market area.  The retail bank’s primary market area includes the following counties: Buena Vista, Dallas and Polk located in central and northwestern Iowa, and Brookings, Lincoln, and Minnehaha located in east central South Dakota.  The traditional retail bank segment attracts retail deposits from the general public and uses those deposits, together with other borrowed funds, to originate and purchase residential and commercial mortgage loans, and to originate consumer, agricultural and other commercial loans and to purchase various investment and mortgage-backed securities.

 

MPS, a division of the Bank, is an industry leader in the issuance of prepaid debit cards and is also a provider of a wide range of payment-related products and services, including prepaid debit cards such as those related to gift, tax refunds, rebate, travel and payroll, ATMs, and consumer credit products.  MPS pursues a strategy of working with industry-leading companies in a variety of businesses to help them introduce new payment products to their customers.  In addition, MPS partners with emerging companies to develop and introduce new payment products.  MPS earns revenues from fees as well as being a significant provider of low- and no-cost demand deposits related to its prepaid card business.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Overview of Corporate Developments

 

The MPS division continued to demonstrate significant growth on a year-over-year basis.  Fiscal 2009 MPS-related card fee income grew 124% as all product lines were higher than in fiscal 2008.  MPS has continued to expand its tax-related, rebate, and consumer credit business lines.  During fiscal 2009 the Bank participated in tax refund anticipation loans with a major tax preparation firm after participating in a test program with that firm in fiscal 2008.  The Company took steps to manage the funding and credit risks and realized its expected return on the program.  In addition, MPS provided a prepaid debit card for refunds with another major tax preparation company in fiscal 2009 and 2008.  The division also continued to exhibit product innovation as it filed new patent applications and maintained existing applications.  The iAdvance® micro lending product, which is a program designed to provide a line of credit on prepaid cards, is experiencing increasing consumer acceptance and is being deployed by an increasing number of clients as a retention tool for their prepaid card programs.

 

The traditional bank segment is continuing to build its customer base from its previous expansion in the growing metropolitan areas of Sioux Falls, South Dakota and Des Moines, Iowa.  The Bank has added six branches in approximately the past eight years in these markets.  The Bank focuses primarily on establishing lending and deposit relationships with commercial businesses and commercial real estate developers in these communities.  During the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company sold its commercial banking subsidiary, MetaBank WC, which included three branches in rural West-Central Iowa.  The transaction closed March 28, 2008.  The Company is now a unitary savings and loan holding company, not a bank holding company, and is subject to the jurisdiction of the OTS.  This transaction allows the Company to increase its focus on higher growth markets and business lines.  The Bank now operates 12 retail banking branches: in Brookings (1) and Sioux Falls (3), South Dakota, in Des Moines (6) and Storm Lake (2), Iowa and maintains a non-retail service branch in Memphis, Tennessee.

 

The Company’s stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CASH.”

 

Financial Condition

 

The following discussion of the Company’s consolidated financial condition should be read in conjunction with the Selected Consolidated Financial Information and Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

As of September 30, 2009, the Company’s assets grew by $124.6 million, or 17.5%, to $834.8 million compared to $710.2 million at September 30, 2008.  The increase in assets was reflected primarily in increases in the Company’s mortgage-backed securities and to a lesser extent the Company’s cash and foreclosed real estate and repossessed assets, offset in part by decreases in the Company’s portfolio of net loans, investment in federal funds sold and investment securities available for sale.

 

Total cash and cash equivalents and federal funds sold were $6.2 million at September 30, 2009, a decrease of $2.0 million, or 24.2%, from $8.2 million at September 30, 2008.  The decrease primarily was the result of the Company’s decision to purchase mortgage-backed securities during fiscal 2009 which was partially offset by the increased liquidity from an increase in deposits, primarily due to deposits generated by MPS.  In general, the Company maintains its cash investments in interest-bearing overnight deposits with the FHLB and the FRB.  Federal funds sold deposits may be maintained at the FHLB or various commercial banks, including, but not limited to the following: CitiBank, JP Morgan Chase, M&I Bank, BNP Paribas, and Bank of America, all with assets in excess of $1.0 billion.  At September 30, 2009 the Company held $9,000 of federal funds sold.

 

The total of mortgage-backed securities and investment securities available for sale increased $161.0 million, or 78.9%, to $364.8 million at September 30, 2009, as investment purchases exceeded related maturities, sales, and principal paydowns.  The Company’s portfolio of investment securities available for sale consists primarily of mortgage-backed securities, which have relatively short expected lives.  During fiscal year 2009, the Company purchased $286.4 million of mortgage-backed securities with average lives of five years or less or stated finals of approximately 30 years or less and sold mortgage-backed securities in the amount of $32.5 million.  See Note 4 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s portfolio of net loans receivable decreased by $36.3 million, or 8.5%, to $391.6 million at September 30, 2009 from $427.9 million at September 30, 2008.  This decrease primarily relates to a decrease of $21.4 million in commercial business and agricultural operating loans due to lower origination activity, pay downs, charge-offs and transfers to other repossessed assets and an increase in the allowance for loan losses of $1.3 million.  One- to four-family residential and other consumer loans, primarily related to MPS, also decreased from the prior fiscal year due to sales and repayments exceeding originations.  Offsetting the above was an increase in commercial and multi-family real estate loans of $10.1 million.   See Note 5 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

The Company owns stock in the FHLB due to its membership and participation in this banking system.  The Company’s investment in such stock decreased $1.0 million, or 12.9%, to $7.1 million at September 30, 2009 from $8.1 million at September 30, 2008.  The decrease was due to a decrease in the level of borrowings from the FHLB, which require a calculated level of stock investment based on a formula determined by the FHLB.

 

Bond insurance receivable decreased $2.0 million at September 30, 2009 as management revised the expected receipt of insurance proceeds.

 

Foreclosed real estate and repossessed assets increased to $2.1 million as compared to none at September 30, 2008 due to the Company’s foreclosure of assets and loan collateral related to previously reported non-performing loans.

 

Total deposits increased by $153.9 million, or 30.8%, to $653.7 million at September 30, 2009 from $499.8 million at September 30, 2008.  The Company continues to grow its low- and no-cost deposit portfolio.  Deposits attributable to MPS were up $137.3 million, or 48.2%, at September 30, 2009, as compared to September 30, 2008.  This increase results from growth in prepaid card programs.

 

The Company’s total borrowings decreased $30.9 million, or 26.4%, from $147.7 million at September 30, 2008 to $116.8 million at September 30, 2009 and is primarily due to the growth of deposits.  See Notes 9, 10, and 11 to the “Notes  to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

At September 30, 2009, the Company’s shareholders’ equity totaled $47.3 million, up $1.6 million from $45.7 million at September 30, 2008.  The increase was related to a favorable change in the accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Company’s available for sale portfolio offset in part by an increase in fiscal net loss as compared to the prior fiscal year and the payment of cash dividends on the Company’s common stock.  At September 30, 2009, the Bank continues to meet regulatory requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution.  See Note 15 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following discussion of the Company’s Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the Selected Consolidated Financial Information and Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

The Company’s Results of Operations are dependent on net interest income, non-interest income, non-interest expense, and income tax expense.  Net interest income is the difference, or spread, between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.  The interest rate spread is affected by regulatory, economic, and competitive factors that influence interest rates, loan demand, and deposit flows.  The Company, like other financial institutions, is subject to interest rate risk to the extent that its interest-earning assets mature or reprice at different times, or on a different basis, than its interest-bearing liabilities.  In fiscal 2009, the Company’s non-interest income improved significantly from levels in fiscal 2008.  Non-interest expense also increased in proportion to net interest income and non-interest income as compared to the prior fiscal

 

54



Table of Contents

 

year.  A more detailed explanation of the factors responsible for results of operations of the Company is presented below.

 

The Company’s non-interest income is derived primarily from prepaid card, credit products, and ATM fees attributable to MPS and fees charged on bank loans and transaction accounts.  This income is offset, in part, by expenses, such as compensation and occupancy expenses associated with additional personnel and office locations as well as card processing expenses attributable to MPS.  To a lesser extent, non-interest income is derived from gains or losses on the sale of securities available for sale as well as the Company’s holdings of bank owned life insurance.  Additionally, non-interest income has been derived from the activities of Meta Trust, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, which provides a variety of professional trust services.  Non-interest expense is also impacted by occupancy and equipment expenses, regulatory expenses, and legal and consulting expenses.

 

Management believes that the Company is poised for increased earnings in the next few fiscal years.  We expect to benefit from a 1)strengthening economy whereby we can leverage our cost reductions, 2)increase our retail banking business volume, and 3)continued growth of our MPS Division.  However, various changes in inflation, unemployment, interest rates and other factors may adversely affect our Company’s asset quality, loan demand, deposit levels and therefore our earnings.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008

 

General.  The Company recorded a loss from continuing operations of $1.5 million, or $0.56 per diluted share, for the year ended September 30, 2009 compared to a loss of $1.8 million, or $0.69 per diluted share, for the year ended September 30, 2008.  Net loss in the current period was primarily caused by an increased provision for loan losses in connection with various commercial borrowers.  In addition, net interest income increased $3.8 million as compared to the prior fiscal year.  Including discontinued operations, net loss was $1.5 million, or $0.56 per diluted share, for the year ended September 30, 2009 compared to a net loss of $1.0 million, or $0.38 per diluted share, for the year ended September 30, 2008.  Net earnings in the prior fiscal year 2008 were impacted by an after-tax gain of $735,000 resulting from the sale of the Company’s commercial banking subsidiary, MetaBank WC.  See Note 2 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on discontinued operations.

 

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income from continuing operations for fiscal 2009 increased by $3.8 million, or 15.9%, to $27.8 million from $24.0 million for the prior fiscal year.  Net interest margin remained stable at 3.50% in fiscal year 2009 as compared to 3.51% in fiscal year 2008.

 

The Company’s average earning assets increased $111.6 million, or 16.3%, to $795.1 million during fiscal year 2009 from $683.5 million during fiscal year 2008.  The increase is primarily the result of the increase in the Company’s mortgage-backed securities portfolio.  Overall, asset yields declined by 85 basis points due to lower average rates.  The increase in average earning assets was offset by a change in the mix of earning assets and a decrease in yields in all categories.

 

The Company’s average total deposits and interest-bearing liabilities increased $107.1 million, or 15.5%, to $800.1 million during fiscal year 2009 from $693.0 million during fiscal year 2008.  The increase resulted mainly from an increase in the Company’s non-interest-bearing deposits.  The Company’s cost of total deposits and interest-bearing liabilities declined 83 basis points to 1.11% during fiscal year 2009 from 1.94% during fiscal year 2008 primarily due to continued migration to low and no-cost deposits provided by MPS.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Average Balances, Interest Rates, and Yields

 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resulting yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates.  No tax equivalent adjustments have been made.  Non-Accruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.  Balances related to discontinued operations have been reclassified to non-interest earning assets and non-interest bearing liabilities for all periods presented.

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

Outstanding

 

Earned /

 

Yield /

 

Outstanding

 

Earned /

 

Yield /

 

Outstanding

 

Earned /

 

Yield /

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable

 

$

423,915

 

$

25,561

 

6.03

%

$

413,866

 

$

25,909

 

6.26

%

$

354,465

 

$

25,584

 

7.22

%

Mortgage-backed securities

 

259,265

 

10,230

 

3.95

%

194,785

 

8,484

 

4.36

%

135,007

 

5,500

 

4.07

%

Other investments

 

111,910

 

935

 

0.84

%

74,809

 

3,025

 

4.04

%

126,853

 

6,690

 

5.27

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

795,090

 

$

36,726

 

4.62

%

683,460

 

$

37,418

 

5.47

%

616,325

 

$

37,774

 

6.13

%

Non-interest-earning assets

 

68,187

 

 

 

 

 

65,536

 

 

 

 

 

86,502

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

863,277

 

 

 

 

 

$

748,996

 

 

 

 

 

$

702,827

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

$

490,651

 

$

 

0.00

%

$

341,624

 

$

 

0.00

%

$

230,930

 

$

 

0.00

%

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing checking

 

15,795

 

39

 

0.25

%

15,075

 

104

 

0.69

%

22,004

 

538

 

2.45

%

Savings

 

9,734

 

38

 

0.39

%

10,072

 

105

 

1.04

%

17,586

 

471

 

2.68

%

Money markets

 

38,559

 

415

 

1.08

%

61,592

 

1,478

 

2.40

%

67,087

 

2,301

 

3.43

%

Time deposits

 

146,647

 

4,849

 

3.31

%

139,868

 

6,071

 

4.34

%

183,505

 

8,355

 

4.55

%

FHLB advances

 

66,272

 

2,627

 

3.96

%

103,768

 

3,960

 

3.82

%

77,433

 

4,091

 

5.28

%

Other borrowings

 

32,477

 

939

 

2.89

%

20,965

 

1,697

 

8.09

%

18,172

 

1,211

 

6.66

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

309,484

 

8,907

 

2.88

%

351,340

 

13,415

 

3.82

%

385,787

 

16,967

 

4.40

%

Total deposits and interest-bearing liabilities

 

800,135

 

$

8,907

 

1.11

%

692,964

 

$

13,415

 

1.94

%

616,717

 

$

16,967

 

2.75

%

Other non-interest bearing liabilities

 

16,383

 

 

 

 

 

11,000

 

 

 

 

 

42,557

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

816,518

 

 

 

 

 

703,964

 

 

 

 

 

659,274

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

46,759

 

 

 

 

 

45,032

 

 

 

 

 

43,553

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

863,277

 

 

 

 

 

$

748,996

 

 

 

 

 

$

702,827

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income and net interest rate spread including non-interest bearing deposits

 

 

 

$

27,819

 

3.51

%

 

 

$

24,003

 

3.54

%

 

 

$

20,807

 

3.38

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

3.50

%

 

 

 

 

3.51

%

 

 

 

 

3.38

%

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Rate / Volume Analysis

 

The following schedule presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  It distinguishes between the increase related to higher outstanding balances and that due to the levels and volatility of interest rates.  For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (i.e. changes in volume multiplied by old rate) and (ii) changes in rate (i.e. changes in rate multiplied by old volume).  For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

 

 

 

2009 vs. 2008

 

2008 vs. 2007

 

Rate / Volume
Year Ended September 30,
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Increase /
(Decrease)
Due to Volume

 

Increase /
(Decrease)
Due to Rate

 

Total
Increase /
(Decrease)

 

Increase /
(Decrease)
Due to Volume

 

Increase /
(Decrease)
Due to Rate

 

Total
Increase /
(Decrease)

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable

 

$

676

 

$

(1,024

)

$

(348

)

$

1,574

 

$

(1,249

)

$

325

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

2,429

 

(683

)

1,746

 

2,570

 

414

 

2,984

 

Other investments

 

3,498

 

(5,588

)

(2,090

)

(2,336

)

(1,329

)

(3,665

)

Total interest-earning assets

 

$

6,603

 

$

(7,295

)

$

(692

)

$

1,808

 

$

(2,164

)

$

(356

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing checking

 

$

5

 

$

(70

)

$

(65

)

$

(132

)

$

(302

)

$

(434

)

Savings

 

(4

)

(63

)

(67

)

(151

)

(215

)

(366

)

Money markets

 

(430

)

(633

)

(1,063

)

(176

)

(647

)

(823

)

Time deposits

 

313

 

(1,535

)

(1,222

)

(1,913

)

(371

)

(2,284

)

FHLB advances

 

(1,488

)

155

 

(1,333

)

(701

)

570

 

(131

)

Other borrowings

 

4,435

 

(5,193

)

(758

)

203

 

283

 

486

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

2,831

 

$

(7,339

)

$

(4,508

)

$

(2,870

)

$

(682

)

$

(3,552

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net effect on net interest income

 

$

3,772

 

$

44

 

$

3,816

 

$

4,678

 

$

(1,482

)

$

3,196

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses.  In fiscal 2009, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $18.7 million, compared to $2.7 million for fiscal 2008.    $8.1 million of the fiscal 2009 provision related to MPS, of which $7.9 million relates to the completion of a loan program offered in collaboration with MPS’s tax preparation partner with all appropriate accounts now charged-off, consistent with our policy.  There are no loan balances or allowance remaining for this program as of September 30, 2009.  During fiscal 2009, the Company also recorded a provision for loan losses in the amount of $10.5 million primarily due to the failure of five commercial borrowers to repay their respective loans, one of which the Company believes committed fraud.  As disclosed in the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filing of October 8, 2008, a borrower of the Bank has likely participated in a fraud on the Bank and other banks.  Based on the Bank’s investigation at the time, it concluded that, as of September 30, 2008, it was appropriate to establish an allowance for loan losses of $1.8 million.  After subsequent reviews during fiscal 2009, the Bank concluded that a $3.1 million increase to the loan loss was warranted.  The increases were attributable to lower collateral values caused in large part by weaker economic conditions and a deterioration in the commercial real estate market.  Potential losses range from $2.1 million to $6.0 million with an expected loss of $5.0 million.  Of the $4.9 million provided for since October 2008, a net of $5.0 million has already been charged-off.  See “Non-performing Assets, Other Loans of Concern, and Classified Assets” herein.

 

Management closely monitors economic developments both regionally and nationwide, and considers these factors when assessing the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses.  While the Company has no direct exposure to sub-prime mortgage loans, management believes the current recessionary environment may strain the financial condition of some borrowers.  Management therefore believes that future losses in the residential portfolio may be somewhat higher than historical experience.  Over the past six years, loss rates in the commercial and multi-family real estate market, and commercial business market, have remained moderate.  Management recognizes that low charge-off rates over the past several years reflect the formerly strong economic environment and are not indicative of likely losses over a full business cycle.  This observation, as well as the aforementioned concerns regarding the

 

57



Table of Contents

 

economic slowdown, has led management to the conclusion that future losses in this portfolio may be somewhat higher than recent historical experience, excluding loan losses related to fraud by borrowers.  On the other hand, current trends in agricultural markets remain reasonable.  Reasonable commodity prices as well as above average yields created positive economic conditions most farmers in our markets in 2009.  Nonetheless, management still expects that future losses in this portfolio, which have been very low, could be higher than recent historical experience.  Management believes that the aforementioned recession may also negatively impact consumers’ repayment capacities.  Additionally, a sizable portion of the Company’s consumer loan portfolio is secured by residential real estate, as discussed above, which is an area to be closely monitored by management in view of its stated concerns.

 

The allowance for loan losses established in connection with MPS operations results from an estimation process that evaluates relevant characteristics of its credit portfolio(s).  MPS considers other internal and external environmental factors such as changes in operations or personnel and economic events that may affect the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses.  Adjustments to the allowance for loan losses are recorded periodically based on the result of this estimation process.  Due to the varied and unknown nature and structures of future credit programs, the exact methodology to determine the ALL for each program will not be identical.  Each program may have differing levels of risk, definitions of delinquency and loss, inclusion/exclusion of credit bureau criteria, roll rate migration dynamics, etc. Similarly, the additional capital required to offset the increased risk in subprime lending activities may vary by credit program.  Each program will need to be evaluated separately and with potentially different methodologies.  The increased charge-offs for MPS credit resulted primarily from tax refund anticipation loans (“RAL”) to sub-prime borrowers that peaked in March of 2009.  Management was pro-active and established a provision for loan losses for these loans during the tax season offering period.  The majority of the charge-offs for these RAL loans were recorded against the allowance for loan losses in the third quarter of fiscal 2009.  The charge-offs were in accordance with management’s expectations of the RAL program.

 

Management believes that, based on a detailed review of the loan portfolio, historic loan losses, current economic conditions, the size of the loan portfolio, and other factors, the current level of the allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2009 reflects an adequate allowance against probable losses from the loan portfolio.   Although the Company maintains its allowance for loan losses at a level that it considers to be adequate, investors and others are cautioned that there can be no assurance that future losses will not exceed estimated amounts, or that additional provisions for loan losses will not be required in future periods.  In addition, the Company’s determination of the allowance for loan losses is subject to review by its regulatory agencies, which can require the establishment of additional general or specific allowances.

 

Non-Interest Income.  Non-interest income increased by $42.3 million, or 112.1%, to $80.0 million for fiscal 2009 from $37.7 million for fiscal 2008.  Fees earned on prepaid debit cards, credit products and other payment systems products and services were $77.5 million for fiscal 2009 as compared to $34.6 million for fiscal 2008.

 

In addition, the Bank recorded a gain on sale of securities available for sale of $761,000 in fiscal 2009 as compared to gain on sale of $24,000 in the prior fiscal year.  Offsetting the above increases was a recorded loss on the sale of foreclosed property and real estate owned of $1.0 million.  The Bank sold a portion of assets acquired due to fraud of a commercial borrower previously disclosed.

 

Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased by $29.3 million, or 47.3%, to $91.1 million for fiscal 2009 from $61.8 million for the same period in fiscal year 2008.

 

Compensation expense totaled $32.7 million for fiscal 2009 as compared to $25.7 million for fiscal 2008.  The increase represents the addition of client relations, compliance and operations support staff within MPS, as well as software developers, Information Technology (“IT”) support staff, and other administrative support within the Company.  Most of the new employees are focused on supporting new business growth and the expansion of existing MPS products and services.

 

Costs associated with the operational support of card-related products at MPS also increased.  Card processing expenses totaled $33.5 million for fiscal 2009 as compared to $15.6 million for fiscal 2008.  These expenses primarily stem from prepaid card and credit-related programs managed by MPS.  Other card processing expense increases are attributable to settlement functions for value loading, card sales and anticipated growth of

 

58



Table of Contents

 

existing products.  Management expects that these costs will continue to increase as MPS issues more cards and offers new and expanded products and services.

 

The Company’s occupancy and equipment expense totaled $8.0 million for fiscal 2009 as compared to $6.6 million for fiscal 2008.  The increase was due to supporting new product lines and increasing market penetration of MPS products and services.  Management expects that occupancy and equipment costs will gradually increase as MPS issues more cards and offers new and expanded products and services.

 

Income Tax Benefit.  Income tax benefit from continuing operations for fiscal 2009 was $543,000, or an effective tax rate of 27.1%, compared to a tax benefit of $1.0 million, or an effective tax rate of 35.3%, in fiscal 2008.  The change in tax benefit is primarily due to the change in loss from continuing operations before income tax benefit.  The Company’s recorded income tax benefit was also impacted primarily by permanent differences between book and taxable income.

 

Discontinued Operations.  The Company reported no income or loss from discontinued operations for fiscal 2009 compared to income of $811,000 for fiscal 2008.  The prior year was impacted by a $735,000 after-tax gain on the sale of MetaBank WC.  See Note 2 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion on discontinued operations.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended

September 30, 2008 and September 30, 2007

 

General. The Company’s loss from continuing operations was $1.8 million, or $0.69 per diluted share, for the year ended September 30, 2008 compared to income of $1.3 million, or $0.50 per diluted share, for the year ended September 30, 2007.  Including discontinued operations, the Company recorded a net loss of $1.0 million, or $0.38 per diluted share, for the year ended September 30, 2008 compared to $1.2 million, or $0.45 per diluted share, for the year ended September 30, 2007.  Net earnings in fiscal 2008 were impacted by an after-tax gain of $735,000 resulting from the sale of the Company’s commercial banking subsidiary, MetaBank WC.  See Note 2 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on discontinued operations.  Fiscal year 2008 income was reduced by the settlement expense for the Dan Nelson-related lawsuits as well as an increase in provision expense related to one borrower’s apparently fraudulent actions against the Bank (and other banks) in obtaining several commercial real estate and commercial operating loans.  Additionally, earnings were positively impacted by increased income from card fees from all of MPS’ programs and services, loan growth and higher net interest income.  In particular, MPS-related card fees for the fiscal 2008 grew by 125.3% over the prior fiscal year.  Offsetting these factors, in part, were higher operating expenses as MPS continued to build its supporting infrastructure, operational scalability, and product development capacity.  Earnings in fiscal year 2007 were impacted by a large provision for loan losses related primarily to an impairment on a commercial loan relationship of $5.0 million related to fraud by the borrower and a gain on the sale of four branches in northwest Iowa of $3.3 million.

 

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income from continuing operations for fiscal 2008 increased by $3.2 million, or 15.4%, to $24.0 million from $20.8 million for the prior fiscal year.  The increase in net interest income reflects a higher net interest margin and a larger average earning asset base.  Net interest margin increased 13 basis points to 3.51% in fiscal year 2008 from 3.38% in fiscal year 2007.  The improvement also resulted from the continued shift in the Company’s funding mix attributable to growth in non-interest-bearing deposits and decreases in higher costing certificates and public funds deposits.

 

The Company’s average earning assets increased $67.2 million, or 10.9%, to $683.5 million during fiscal year 2008 from $616.3 million during fiscal year 2007.  The increase is primarily the result of the increase in the loan portfolio and mortgage-backed securities.  The Company’s yield on earning assets declined 66 basis points to 5.47% during fiscal year 2008 from 6.13% during fiscal year 2007.  The decrease is the result primarily of decreasing yields on the Company’s loan portfolio and other investments.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s average total deposits and interest-bearing liabilities increased $76.3 million, or 12.4%, to $693.0 million during fiscal year 2008 from $616.7 million during fiscal year 2007.  The increase resulted mainly from an increase in the Company’s non-interest-bearing deposits and wholesale borrowings.  The Company’s cost of total deposits and interest-bearing liabilities declined 81 basis points to 1.94% during fiscal year 2008 from 2.75% during fiscal year 2007.

 

Provision for Loan Losses.  In fiscal 2008, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $2.7 million, compared to $3.2 million for fiscal 2007.  Due to delinquency trends in the Company’s loan portfolio, the Company was able to maintain the level of loan loss allowance considered to be acceptable by the Company’s management in the current year.  The provision recorded in the prior fiscal year was directly related to a $5.0 million provision on a purchased participation loan relationship.  See “Non-performing Assets, Other Loans of Concern, and Classified Assets” herein.

 

As disclosed in the Registrant’s 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2008, the Company had learned that a borrower of the Bank had likely participated in a fraud on the Bank and other banks.  On October 8, 2008, the Bank’s investigation of the fraud, loans and advances to the borrower, the collateral underlying the loan, and insurance coverage lead it to conclude that it is appropriate to establish a reserve for loan losses at September 30, 2008 of $1.8 million (approximately $1.1 million after taxes).

 

Management believes that, based on a detailed review of the loan portfolio, historic loan losses, current economic conditions, the size of the loan portfolio, and other factors, the current level of the allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2008 reflects an adequate allowance against probable losses from the loan portfolio.   Although the Company maintains its allowance for loan losses at a level that it considers to be adequate, investors and others are cautioned that there can be no assurance that future losses will not exceed estimated amounts, or that additional provisions for loan losses will not be required in future periods.  In addition, the Company’s determination of the allowance for loan losses is subject to review by its regulatory agencies, which can require the establishment of additional general or specific allowances.

 

Non-Interest Income.  Non-interest income increased by $15.8 million, or 72.5%, to $37.7 million for fiscal 2008 from $21.9 million for fiscal 2007.  Fees earned on prepaid debit cards and other payment systems products and services were $34.6 million for fiscal 2008 as compared to $15.4 million for fiscal 2007.

 

Non-interest income in the prior year was impacted by a pre-tax gain of $3.3 million resulting from the sale of four branched in northwest Iowa.  Management performed an evaluation of whether the sale of the branches constituted discontinued operations, and concluded that the operations and cash flows of the branches sold were not discontinued operations.  Revenue and expenses of the entity, including the gain on sale, are, therefore, included in the appropriate income statement line items for all periods presented.

 

Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased by $24.8 million, or 67.3%, to $61.8 million for fiscal 2008 from $37.0 million for the same period in fiscal year 2007.

 

Compensation expense totaled $25.7 million for fiscal 2008 as compared to $18.2 million for fiscal 2007.  The increase represents the addition of management, client relations, product development, compliance and operations support staff within MPS, as well as software developers, IT support staff, and other administrative support within the Company.  Many of the new employees at MPS and in IT are focused on developing and supporting new product lines and increasing market penetration of our payments systems products and services.  Management expects that payroll costs will continue to increase as MPS issues more cards and offers new and expanded products and services.

 

Costs associated with the operational support of card-related products at MPS also increased.  Card processing expenses totaled $15.6 million for fiscal 2008 as compared to $6.4 million for fiscal 2007.  These expenses primarily stem from prepaid card programs managed by MPS.  Other card processing expense increases are attributable to settlement functions for value loading, card sales and anticipated growth of existing products.  Management expects that these costs will continue to increase as MPS issues more cards and offers new and expanded products and services.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s occupancy and equipment expense also rose during fiscal year 2008 as compared to fiscal 2007, primarily driven by the addition of administrative office space in Sioux Falls, SD, and Omaha, NE, and a new branch/administrative office in downtown Des Moines, IA, as well as investment in computer hardware and software, primarily to support growth at MPS.  Occupancy and equipment expense for fiscal 2008 was $6.6 million compared to $4.0 million for fiscal 2007.  Management expects that occupancy and equipment costs will continue to increase as MPS issues more cards and offers new and expanded products and services.

 

Income Tax Expense/Benefit.  Income tax benefit from continuing operations for fiscal 2008 was $1.0 million, or an effective tax rate of 35.3%, compared to a tax expense of $1.2 million, or an effective tax rate of 48.3%, in fiscal 2007.  The change is due primarily to the decrease in net income before income tax expense (benefit).  The Company’s recorded income tax benefit was also impacted primarily by permanent differences between book and taxable income.

 

Discontinued Operations.  Income (loss) from discontinued operations was income of $811,000 for fiscal 2008 compared to a loss of $141,000 for fiscal 2007.  The increase was primarily related to the gain on sale of MetaBank WC.  See Note 2 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion on discontinued operations.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP.  The financial information contained within these statements is, to a significant extent, financial information that is based on approximate measures of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred.  Based on its consideration of accounting policies that: (i) involve the most complex and subjective decisions and assessments which may be uncertain at the time the estimate was made, and (ii) different estimates that reasonably could have been used in the current period, or changes in the accounting estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, would have a material impact on the financial statements, management has identified the policies described below as Critical Accounting Policies.  This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company’s financial statements and the accompanying notes presented in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of its Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended September 30, 2008 and contained herein.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.  The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology incorporates a variety of risk considerations, both quantitative and qualitative, in establishing an allowance for loan loss that management believes is appropriate at each reporting date.  Quantitative factors include the Company’s historical loss experience, delinquency and charge-off trends, collateral values, changes in nonperforming loans, and other factors.  Quantitative factors also incorporate known information about individual loans, including borrowers’ sensitivity to interest rate movements.  Qualitative factors include the general economic environment in the Company’s markets, including economic conditions throughout the Midwest and, in particular, the state of certain industries.  Size and complexity of individual credits in relation to loan structure, existing loan policies, and pace of portfolio growth are other qualitative factors that are considered in the methodology.  As the Company adds new products and increases the complexity of its loan portfolio, it will enhance its methodology accordingly.  Management may have reported a materially different amount for the provision for loan losses in the statement of operations to change the allowance for loan losses if its assessment of the above factors were different.  Although management believes the levels of the allowance as of both June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008 were adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio, a decline in local economic conditions or other factors could result in increasing losses.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.  Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a purchase acquisition.  Intangible assets include patents filed by the MPS Division.  Goodwill and intangible assets are tested annually for impairment or more often if conditions indicate a possible impairment.  Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.  These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, comparison of the Company’s market value to book value and determination of appropriate market comparables.  Actual future results may differ from those estimates.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Each quarter the Company evaluates the estimated useful lives of intangible assets and whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization.  In accordance with Codification of Accounting Standards (“ASC”) 350 (Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 144), Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset.

 

Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of the Company’s intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in the Company’s business strategy and internal forecasts. Although the Company believes the historical assumptions and estimates used are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact the reported financial results.

 

Self-Insurance.  The Company has a self-insured healthcare plan for its employees up to certain limits.  To mitigate a portion of these risks, the Company has a stop-loss insurance policy through a commercial insurance carrier for coverage in excess of $50,000 per individual occurrence with a maximum aggregate limit for each employee of $2.0 million.  The estimate of self-insurance liability is based upon known claims and an estimate of incurred, but not reported (“IBNR”) claims.  IBNR claims are estimated using historical claims lag information received by a third party claims administrator.  Due to the uncertainty of health claims, the approach includes a process which may differ significantly from other methodologies and still produce an estimate in accordance with GAAP.  Although management believes it uses the best information available to determine the accrual, unforeseen health claims could result in adjustments to the accrual.

 

Deferred Tax Assets.  The Company accounts for income taxes according to the asset and liability method.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates applicable to income for the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to management’s judgment that realization is more-likely-than-not.  An estimate of probable income tax benefits that will not be realized in future years is required in determining the necessity for a valuation allowance.  There was no deferred tax valuation allowance at September 30, 2009 and 2008.

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment.  Management evaluates the Company’s available for sale securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more often if economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation.  Such factors management uses to determine impairment are:  (i) the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer including specific events, (iii) the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment to the earlier of maturity or recovery in fair value, (iv) the implied and historical volatility of the security, and (v) any downgrades by rating agencies.

 

Net Portfolio Value.  The Company uses a net portfolio value (“NPV”) approach to the quantification of interest rate risk.  This approach calculates the difference between the present value of expected cash flows from assets and the present value of expected cash flows from liabilities, as well as cash flows from any off-balance sheet contracts.  Management of the Company’s assets and liabilities is performed within the context of the marketplace, but also within limits established by the Board of Directors on the amount of change in NPV that is acceptable given certain interest rate changes.

 

Presented below, as of September 30, 2009 and 2008, is an analysis of the Company’s interest rate risk as measured by changes in NPV for an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in the yield curve, in 100 basis point increments, up and down 200 basis points.  Down 100 basis points and down 200 basis points are not presented for September 30, 2009 and 2008 due to the extremely low rate environment.  At both September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s interest rate risk profile was within the limits set by the Board of Directors.  As of September 30, 2009, the Bank’s interest rate risk profile was within the limits set forth by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Change in Interest Rate

 

Board Limit

 

At September 30, 2009

 

At September 30, 2008

 

(Basis Points)

 

% Change

 

$ Change

 

% Change

 

$ Change

 

% Change

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+200 bp

 

(20

)%

$

(9,543

)

(14

)%

$

(10,035

)

(14

)%

+100 bp

 

(10

)

(505

)

(1

)

(4,739

)

(7

)

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the table.  For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates.  Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates.  Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset.  Furthermore, although management has estimated changes in the levels of prepayments and early withdrawal in these rate environments, such levels would likely deviate from those assumed in calculating the table.  Finally, the ability of some borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

 

In addition to the NPV approach, the Company also reviews gap reports, which measure the differences in assets and liabilities repricing in given time periods, and net income simulations to assess its interest rate risk profile.  Management reviews its interest rate risk profile on a quarterly basis.

 

Asset Quality

 

It is management’s belief, based on information available at fiscal year end, that the Company’s current asset quality is satisfactory.  At September 30, 2009, nonperforming assets, consisting of impaired/non-accruing loans, accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more, restructured loans, foreclosed real estate, and repossessed consumer property, totaled $14.7 million, or 1.8% of total assets, compared to $7.5 million, or 1.06% of total assets, at September 30, 2008.  This increase primarily relates to three commercial borrowers with non-accrual loans totaling $9.7 million for which the Bank has set aside a $3.6 million reserve.

 

Impaired/non-accruing and restructured loans at September 30, 2009 totaled $12.6 million.  There were $2.1 million in foreclosed real estate and repossessed assets at September 30, 2009.

 

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses because of the potential that some loans may not be repaid in full.  See Note 1 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  At September 30, 2009, the Company had an allowance for loan losses in the amount of $7.0 million as compared to $5.7 million at September 30, 2008.  Management’s periodic review of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on various subjective and objective factors including the Company’s past loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and current economic conditions.  While management may allocate portions of the allowance for specifically identified problem loan situations, the majority of the allowance is based on judgmental factors related to the overall loan portfolio and is available for any loan charge-offs that may occur.  As stated previously, there can be no assurance that future losses will not exceed estimated amounts, or that additional provisions for loan losses will not be required in future periods.  In addition, the Company’s bank is subject to review by the OTS, which has the authority to require management to make changes to the allowance for loan losses.

 

In determining the allowance for loan losses, the Company specifically identifies loans that it considers to have potential collectibility problems.  Based on criteria established by ASC 310 (Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114), some of these loans are considered to be “impaired” while others are not considered to be impaired, but possess weaknesses that the Company believes merit additional analysis in establishing the allowance for loan losses.  All other loans are evaluated by applying estimated loss ratios to various pools of loans.  The Company then analyzes other factors (such as economic conditions) in determining the aggregate amount of the allowance needed.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

At September 30, 2009, $5.1 million of the allowance for loan losses was allocated to impaired loans, representing 26.1% of the related loan balances.  See Note 5 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.  $311,000 of the allowance was allocated to other identified problem loan situations, representing 1.8% of the related loan balances, and $1.6 million, representing 0.4% of the related loan balances, was allocated to the remaining overall loan portfolio based on historical loss experience and general economic conditions.  At September 30, 2008, $3.5 million of the allowance for loan losses was allocated to impaired loans, representing 22.2% of the related loan balances.  $113,000 was allocated to other identified problem loan situations, and $2.1 million was allocated against losses from the overall loan portfolio based on historical loss experience and general economic conditions.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, principal and interest payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and maturing investment securities.  While scheduled loan repayments and maturing investments are relatively predictable, deposit flows and early loan repayments are influenced by the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, and competition.

 

The Company relies on advertising, quality customer service, convenient locations, and competitive pricing to attract and retain its deposits and only solicits these deposits from its primary market area.  Based on its experience, the Company believes that its consumer checking, savings, and money market accounts are relatively stable sources of deposits.  The Company’s ability to attract and retain time deposits has been, and will continue to be, affected by market conditions.  However, the Company does not foresee any significant funding issues resulting from the sensitivity of time deposits to such market factors.

 

The Company is aware that, due to higher levels of concentration risk, the low- and no-cost checking deposits generated through MPS may carry a greater degree of liquidity risk than traditional consumer checking deposits.  As a result, the Company closely monitors balances in these accounts, and maintains a portfolio of highly liquid assets to fund potential deposit outflows.  To date, the Company has not experienced any inordinate or unusual outflows related to MPS, though no assurance can be given that this will continue to be the case.

 

The Bank is required by regulation to maintain sufficient liquidity to assure its safe and sound operation.  In the opinion of management, the Bank is in compliance with this requirement.

 

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of the Company’s management strategy.  The Company adjusts its investments in liquid assets based upon management’s assessment of (i) expected loan demand, (ii) the projected availability of purchased loan products, (iii) expected deposit flows, (iv) yields available on interest-bearing deposits, and (v) the objectives of its asset/liability management program.  Excess liquidity is generally invested in interest-earning overnight deposits and other short-term government agency obligations.  If the Company requires funds beyond its ability to generate them internally, it has additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB and other wholesale funding sources.  The Company is not aware of any significant trends in the Company’s liquidity or its ability to borrow additional funds if needed.

 

The primary investing activities of the Company are the origination and purchase of loans and the purchase of securities.  During the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company originated loans totaling $686.1 million, $726.2 million, and $274.5 million, respectively.  Purchases of loans totaled $50.4 million, $55.3 million, and $44.9 million during the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  During the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company purchased mortgage-backed securities and other securities available for sale in the amount of $287.1 million, $102.8 million and $13.2 million, respectively.

 

At September 30, 2009, the Company had unfunded loan commitments of $51.8 million.  See Note 16 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K..  Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in one year or less from September 30, 2009 totaled $95.2 million.  Based on its historical experience, management believes that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with the Company; however, there can be no assurance that the Company can retain all such deposits.  Management believes that loan repayment and other

 

64



Table of Contents

 

sources of funds will be adequate to meet the Company’s foreseeable short- and long-term liquidity needs.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s significant contractual obligations at September 30, 2009 (Dollars in Thousands):

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

 

Less than 1 year

 

1 to 3 years

 

3 to 5 years

 

More than 5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

 

$

146,163

 

$

95,159

 

$

38,751

 

$

12,253

 

$

 

Long-term debt

 

47,686

 

25,686

 

11,000

 

2,500

 

8,500

 

Short-term debt

 

25,000

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

10,417

 

1,590

 

2,996

 

2,303

 

3,528

 

Subordinate debentures Issued to capital trust

 

10,310

 

 

 

 

10,310

 

Data processing services

 

3,072

 

768

 

1,536

 

768

 

 

Total

 

$

242,648

 

$

148,203

 

$

54,283

 

$

17,824

 

$

22,338

 

 

During July 2001, the Company’s unconsolidated trust subsidiary, First Midwest Financial Capital Trust I, sold $10.0 million in floating rate cumulative preferred securities.  Proceeds from the sale were used to purchase subordinated debentures of the Company, which mature in the year 2031, and are redeemable at any time after five years.  The capital securities are required to be redeemed on July 25, 2031; however, the Company has the option to shorten the maturity date to a date not earlier than July 25, 2007.  The Company used the proceeds for general corporate purposes.  See Note 11 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

The Company and its banking subsidiary, the Bank, met regulatory requirements for classification as well capitalized institutions.  See Note 15 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The Company does not anticipate any significant changes to its capital structure.

 

On August 23, 2004, the Company announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the Company’s ESOP to purchase up to 40,000 shares of the Company’s stock through open market and privately negotiated transactions.  The ESOP stock purchase was completed on April 18, 2005 at a total cost of $897,000.  At September 30, 2009 and 2008, the ESOP held no unallocated shares.

 

The payment of dividends and repurchase of shares has the effect of reducing stockholders’ equity. Prior to authorizing such transactions, the Board of Directors considers the effect the dividend or repurchase of shares would have on liquidity and regulatory capital ratios.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

 

For discussion of the Company’s off-balance sheet financing arrangements, see Note 16 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Depending on the extent to which the commitments or contingencies described in Note 16 occur, the effect on the Company’s capital and net income could be significant.

 

Other Matters

 

The Bank utilizes various third parties for, among other things, its processing needs, both with respect to standard bank operations and with respect to its MPS division.  MPS was notified in April 2008 by one of the processors that the processor’s computer system had been breached, which led to the unauthorized load and spending of funds from Bank-issued cards.  The Bank believes the amount in question to be approximately $2.0 million.  The processor and program manager both have agreements with the Bank to indemnify it for any losses as a result of such unauthorized activity, and the matter is reflected as such in its financial statements.  In addition, the Bank has given notice to its own insurer.  The Bank has been notified by the processor that its insurer has denied the claim filed.  The Bank made demand for payment and filed a demand for

 

65



Table of Contents

 

arbitration to recover the unauthorized loading and spending amounts and certain damages.  The Bank has settled its claim with the Program Manager, and has received an arbitration award against the Processor.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.  The primary impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the Company’s operations.  Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary in nature.  As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, or to the same extent, as the prices of goods and services.

 

Impact of New Accounting Standards

 

Effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification” or “ASC”) is the single source of authoritative literature recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP.  The Codification does not change current GAAP, but is intended to simplify user access to all authoritative GAAP by providing all of the authoritative literature related to a particular topic in one place.  The Codification supersedes all pre-existing accounting and reporting standards, excluding separate rules and other interpretive guidance released by the SEC.  New accounting guidance is now issued in the form of Accounting Standards Updates, which update the Codification.  All guidance contained in the Codification carries an equal level of authority.  The Company has adopted the Codification in the period ending September 30, 2009 and the principal impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements is limited to disclosures as all future references to authoritative accounting literature will be referenced in accordance with the Codification.  In order to ease the transition to the Codification, the Codification cross-reference is provided alongside the references to the standards issued and adopted prior to the adoption of the Codification.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued ASC 815 (FASB Statement No. 161), Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. ASC 815 is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.  The Company adopted ASC 815 effective January 1, 2009.  The adoption of ASC 815 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC 820 (FASB Staff Position FAS 157-4), Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly.  ASC 820 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased.  ASC 820 also provides guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly.  ASC 820 is effective for financial statements issued after June 15, 2009.  The adoption of ASC 820 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC 320 (FASB Staff Position FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2), Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments.  ASC 320 amends the other-than-temporary impairment guidance in GAAP for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements.  ASC 320 does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to other-than-temporary impairment of equity securities.  ASC 320 is effective for financial statements issued after June 15, 2009.  The adoption of ASC 320 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC 820 (FASB Staff Position FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1), Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.  ASC 820 requires disclosures about fair value of financial

 

66



Table of Contents

 

instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements.  ASC 820 also requires those disclosures in summarized financial information at interim reporting periods.  ASC 820 is effective for financial statements issued after June 15, 2009.  The Company adopted ASC 820 beginning June 30, 2009 with no material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

 

Item 7A.                 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

 

As stated above, the Company derives a portion of its income from the excess of interest collected over interest paid.  The rates of interest the Company earns on assets and pays on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time.  Market interest rates change over time.  Accordingly, the Company’s results of operations, like those of most financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities.  The risk associated with changes in interest rates and the Company’s ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is the Company’s only significant “market” risk.

 

The Company monitors and measures its exposure to changes in interest rates in order to comply with applicable government regulations and risk policies established by the Board of Directors, and in order to preserve shareholder value.  In monitoring interest rate risk, the Company analyzes assets and liabilities based on characteristics including size, coupon rate, repricing frequency, maturity date, and likelihood of prepayment.

 

If the Company’s assets mature or reprice more rapidly or to a greater extent than its liabilities, then net portfolio value and net interest income would tend to increase during periods of rising rates and decrease during periods of falling interest rates.  Conversely, if the Company’s assets mature or reprice more slowly or to a lesser extent than its liabilities, then net portfolio value and net interest income would tend to decrease during periods of rising interest rates and increase during periods of falling interest rates.

 

The Company currently focuses lending efforts toward originating and purchasing competitively priced adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loan products with short to intermediate terms to maturity, generally 5 years or less.  This theoretically allows the Company to maintain a portfolio of loans that will have relatively little sensitivity to changes in the level of interest rates, while providing a reasonable spread to the cost of liabilities used to fund the loans.

 

The Company’s primary objective for its investment portfolio is to provide a source of liquidity for the Company.  In addition, the investment portfolio may be used in the management of the Company’s interest rate risk profile.  The investment policy generally calls for funds to be invested among various categories of security types and maturities based upon the Company’s need for liquidity, desire to achieve a proper balance between minimizing risk while maximizing yield, the need to provide collateral for borrowings, and to fulfill the Company’s asset/liability management goals.

 

The Company’s cost of funds responds to changes in interest rates due to the relatively short-term nature of its deposit portfolio, and due to the relatively short-term nature of its borrowed funds.  The Company’s growing portfolio of low- or no-cost deposits provides a stable and profitable funding vehicle, but also subjects the Company to greater risk in a falling interest rate environment than it would otherwise have without this portfolio.  This risk is due to the fact that, while asset yields may decrease in a falling interest rate environment, the Company cannot significantly reduce interest costs associated with these deposits, which thereby compresses the Company’s net interest margin.  As a result of the Company’s new interest rate risk exposure in this regard, the Company has elected not to enter in to any new longer term wholesale borrowings, and generally has not emphasized longer term time deposit products.

 

The Board of Directors and relevant government regulations establish limits on the level of acceptable interest rate risk at the Company, to which management adheres.  There can be no assurance, however, that, in the event of an adverse change in interest rates, the Company’s efforts to limit interest rate risk will be successful.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

 

[This page left intentionally blank.]

 

 

68




Table of Contents

 

KPMG LLP

2500 Ruan Center

666 Grand Avenue

Des Moines, IA 50309

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Audit Committee
Meta Financial Group, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Meta Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. The accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of Meta Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended September 30, 2007, were audited by other auditors whose report thereon dated January 7, 2008, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Meta Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

 

 

Des Moines, Iowa

December 10, 2009

 

70



Table of Contents

 

McGladrey & Pullen,  LLP

Certified Public Accountants

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

To the Board of Directors
Meta Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Storm Lake, IA

 

We have audited the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2007 of Meta Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2007 of Meta Financial Group, Inc. and subsidiaries, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Des Moines, Iowa

 

January 7, 2008

 

 

71



Table of Contents

 

META FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

 

 

September 30, 2009

 

September 30, 2008

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

6,168

 

$

2,963

 

Federal funds sold

 

9

 

5,188

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

17,566

 

19,711

 

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale

 

347,272

 

184,123

 

Loans receivable - net of allowance for loan losses of $6,993 at September 30, 2009 and $5,732 at September 30, 2008

 

391,609

 

427,928

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

 

7,050

 

8,092

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

4,344

 

4,497

 

Bond insurance receivable

 

4,118

 

6,098

 

Premises, furniture, and equipment, net

 

21,989

 

21,992

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

13,270

 

12,758

 

Foreclosed real estate and repossessed assets

 

2,053

 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

2,215

 

2,206

 

MPS accounts receivable

 

5,381

 

3,878

 

Other assets

 

11,733

 

10,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

834,777

 

$

710,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing checking

 

$

442,158

 

$

308,852

 

Interest-bearing checking

 

15,602

 

15,029

 

Savings deposits

 

10,001

 

9,394

 

Money market deposits

 

39,823

 

43,038

 

Time certificates of deposit

 

146,163

 

123,491

 

Total deposits

 

653,747

 

499,804

 

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

 

74,800

 

132,025

 

Other borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank

 

25,000

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

6,686

 

5,348

 

Subordinated debentures

 

10,310

 

10,310

 

Accrued interest payable

 

447

 

578

 

Contingent liability

 

4,268

 

4,293

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

12,174

 

12,145

 

Total liabilities

 

787,432

 

664,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, 800,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding

 

 

 

Common stock, $.01 par value; 5,200,000 shares authorized, 2,957,999 shares issued, 2,634,215 and 2,601,103 shares outstanding at September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively

 

30

 

30

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

23,551

 

23,058

 

Retained earnings - substantially restricted

 

31,626

 

34,442

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)

 

(1,838

)

(5,022

)

Treasury stock, 323,784 and 356,896 common shares, at cost, at September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2008, respectively

 

(6,024

)

(6,775

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

47,345

 

45,733

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

834,777

 

$

710,236

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

META FINANCIAL GROUP, INC

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

 

 

For the Years Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and dividend income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable, including fees

 

$

25,561

 

$

25,909

 

$

25,584

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

10,230

 

8,484

 

5,500

 

Other investments

 

935

 

3,025

 

6,690

 

 

 

36,726

 

37,418

 

37,774

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

5,341

 

7,758

 

11,664

 

FHLB advances and other borrowings

 

3,566

 

5,657

 

5,303

 

 

 

8,907

 

13,415

 

16,967

 

Net interest income

 

27,819

 

24,003

 

20,807

 

Provision for loan losses

 

18,713

 

2,715

 

3,168

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

9,106

 

21,288

 

17,639

 

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Card fees

 

77,502

 

34,634

 

15,375

 

Gain on sale of securities available for sale, net

 

761

 

24

 

496

 

Deposit fees

 

749

 

833

 

885

 

Loan fees

 

660

 

777

 

580

 

Gain on sale of membership equity interests, net

 

515

 

543

 

 

Bank-owned life insurance income

 

512

 

498

 

436

 

Gain on sale of branch office

 

 

 

3,331

 

Gain (loss) on REO

 

(1,015

)

 

20

 

Other income

 

285

 

387

 

735

 

 

 

79,969

 

37,696

 

21,858

 

Non-interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Card processing expense

 

33,540

 

15,630

 

6,377

 

Compensation and benefits

 

32,743

 

25,731

 

18,248

 

Occupancy and equipment expense

 

7,978

 

6,619

 

4,003

 

Legal and consulting expense

 

3,745

 

3,386

 

2,965

 

Data processing expense

 

2,181

 

1,248

 

911

 

Marketing

 

1,822

 

1,250

 

797

 

Other expense

 

9,072

 

7,956

 

3,657

 

 

 

91,081

 

61,820

 

36,958

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)

 

(2,006

)

(2,836

)

2,539

 

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations

 

(543

)

(1,002

)

1,227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

(1,463

)

(1,834

)

1,312

 

Gain on sale from discontinued operations before taxes

 

 

2,309

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before taxes

 

 

76

 

(394

)

Income tax expense (benefit) from discontinued operations

 

 

1,574

 

(253

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

811

 

(141

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1,463

)

$

(1,023

)

$

1,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.71

)

$

0.52

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

0.31

 

(0.06

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.40

)

$

0.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.69

)

$

0.50

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

0.31

 

(0.05

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.38

)

$

0.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share:

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.52

 

$

0.52

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

73



Table of Contents

 

META FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1,463

)

$

(1,023

)

$

1,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

 

4,317

 

(2,698

)

1,422

 

Gains realized in net income

 

761

 

24

 

496

 

 

 

5,078

 

(2,674

)

1,918

 

Deferred income tax effect

 

1,894

 

(997

)

715

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

3,184

 

(1,677

)

1,203

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

1,721

 

$

(2,700

)

$

2,374

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

META FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

For the Years Ended September 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Unearned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Employee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Comprehensive

 

Stock

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

(Loss),

 

Ownership

 

Treasury

 

Shareholders’

 

 

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Net of Tax

 

Plan Shares

 

Stock

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2006

 

$

30

 

$

20,969

 

$

36,953

 

$

(4,548

)

$

(509

)

$

(7,796

)

$

45,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared on common stock ($.52 per share)

 

 

 

(1,319

)

 

 

 

(1,319

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 55,350 common shares from treasury stock due to exercise of stock options

 

 

(130

)

 

 

 

823

 

693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation

 

 

1,117

 

 

 

 

 

1,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,750 common shares committed to be released under the ESOP

 

 

2

 

 

 

132

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net

 

 

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income for year ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

1,171

 

 

 

 

1,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2007

 

$

30

 

$

21,958

 

$

36,805

 

$

(3,345

)

$

(377

)

$

(6,973

)

$

48,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2007

 

$

30

 

$

21,958

 

$

36,805

 

$

(3,345

)

$

(377

)

$

(6,973

)

$

48,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared on common stock ($.52 per share)

 

 

 

(1,340

)

 

 

 

(1,340

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 11,386 common shares from treasury stock due to exercise of stock options

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

198

 

199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation

 

 

901

 

 

 

 

 

901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,562 common shares committed to be released under the ESOP

 

 

198

 

 

 

377

 

 

575

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net

 

 

 

 

(1,677

)

 

 

(1,677

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss for year ended September 30, 2008

 

 

 

(1,023

)

 

 

 

(1,023

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2008

 

$

30

 

$

23,058

 

$

34,442

 

$

(5,022

)

$

 

$

(6,775

)

$

45,733

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2008

 

$

30

 

$

23,058

 

$

34,442

 

$

(5,022

)

$

 

$

(6,775

)

$

45,733

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared on common stock ($.52 per share)

 

 

 

(1,353

)

 

 

 

(1,353

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of 21,624 common shares from treasury stock due to exercise of stock options

 

 

(153

)

 

 

 

168

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation

 

 

641

 

 

 

 

148

 

789

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,446 common shares committed to be released under the ESOP

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

435

 

440

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net

 

 

 

 

3,184

 

 

 

3,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss for year ended September 30, 2009

 

 

 

(1,463

)

 

 

 

(1,463

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2009

 

$

30

 

$

23,551

 

$

31,626

 

$

(1,838

)

$

 

$

(6,024

)

$

47,345

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

META FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

For the Years Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1,463

)

$

(1,023

)

$

1,171

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of contribution to employee stock ownership plan

 

440

 

575

 

134

 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net

 

5,970

 

3,204

 

2,580

 

Provision for loan losses

 

18,713

 

2,715

 

3,168

 

(Gain) on sale of branches

 

 

 

(3,331

)

(Gain) on sale of investments available for sale, net

 

(761

)

(24

)

(496

)

(Gain) on sale of membership equity interests, net

 

(515

)

(543

)

 

Loss (gain) on sale of other

 

948

 

(81

)

(71

)

Net change in accrued interest receivable

 

153

 

(308

)

(127

)

Net change in other assets

 

(460

)

(24,149

)

(2,410

)

Net change in accrued interest payable

 

(131

)

(264

)

(53

)

Net change in accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

4

 

(19,190

)

649

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities-continuing operations

 

22,898

 

(39,088

)

1,214

 

Net cash provided by operating activities-discontinued operations

 

 

6,029

 

453

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

22,898

 

(33,059

)

1,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of securities available for sale

 

(287,113

)

(102,790

)

(13,216

)

Net change in federal funds sold

 

5,179

 

69,812

 

(75,000

)

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

 

32,478

 

16,990

 

1,098

 

Net change in securities purchased under agreement to resell

 

 

 

5,891

 

Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities available for sale

 

97,184

 

37,355

 

27,089

 

Loans purchased

 

(50,358

)

(55,290

)

(44,912

)

Net change in loans receivable

 

64,005

 

(19,961

)

52,830

 

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate

 

958

 

596

 

318

 

Cash transferred to buyer on sale of branch

 

 

 

(33,665

)

Net change in FHLB stock

 

1,042

 

(4,077

)

1,038

 

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

 

2

 

105

 

18

 

Purchase of premises and equipment

 

(3,683

)

(5,195

)

(4,758

)

Other, net

 

(1,894

)

1,283

 

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities-continuing operations

 

(142,200

)

(61,172

)

(83,269

)

Net cash provided by investing activities-discontinued operations

 

 

17,598

 

11,664

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

(142,200

)

(43,574

)

(71,605

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in checking, savings, and money market deposits

 

131,271

 

56,226

 

37,562

 

Net change in time deposits

 

22,672

 

(33,232

)

(15,882

)

Net change in advances from FHLB and other borrowings

 

(32,225

)

64,025

 

(21,300

)

Net change in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

1,338

 

5,124

 

(14,955

)

Cash dividends paid

 

(1,353

)

(1,340

)

(1,319

)

Stock compensation

 

789

 

901

 

1,117

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

15

 

199

 

540

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities-continuing operations

 

122,507

 

91,903

 

(14,237

)

Net cash (used in) financing activities-discontinued operations

 

 

(33,210

)

(4,275

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

122,507

 

58,693

 

(18,512

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

3,205

 

(17,940

)

(88,450

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

2,963

 

20,903

 

109,353

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

6,168

 

$

2,963

 

$

20,903

 

 

76



Table of Contents

 

META FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Con’t.)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

For the Years Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

9,038

 

$

14,277

 

$

18,319

 

Income taxes

 

2,607

 

470

 

570

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans transferred to foreclosed real estate

 

$

4,026

 

$

278

 

$

318

 

Cash received on sale of commercial bank

 

 

8,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of Branches:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets disposed of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

 

$

 

$

(2,223

)

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

 

(14

)

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

(130

)

Liabilities assumed by buyer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing demand, NOW, savings and money market deposits

 

 

 

11,141

 

Time deposits

 

 

 

28,030

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

192

 

(Gain) on sale of branches, net

 

 

 

(3,331

)

Cash paid upon sale of branches

 

$

 

$

 

$

33,665

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Meta Financial Group, Inc. (the “Company”), a unitary savings and loan holding company located in Storm Lake, Iowa, and its wholly owned subsidiaries which include MetaBank (the “Bank”), a federally chartered savings bank whose primary federal regulator is the Office of Thrift Supervision, First Services Financial Limited and Brookings Service Corporation, which offer noninsured investment products, and Meta Trust, which offers various trust services.  The Company also owns 100% of First Midwest Financial Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), which was formed in July 2001 for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities.  The Trust is not included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.  The results of discontinued operations have been reported separately in the consolidated financial statements and the previously reported financial statements have been reclassified.

 

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY SEGMENT INFORMATION

The primary source of income for the Company is interest from the purchase or origination of consumer, commercial, agricultural, commercial real estate, and residential real estate loans.  Additionally, a significant source of income for the Company relates to payment processing services for prepaid debit cards, ATM sponsorship, and other money transfer systems and services.  The Company accepts deposits from customers in the normal course of business primarily in northwest and central Iowa and eastern South Dakota and on a national basis for the MPS division.  The Company operates in the banking industry, which accounts for the majority of its revenues and assets. The Company uses the “management approach” for reporting information about segments in annual and interim financial statements.  The management approach is based on the way the chief operating decision-maker organizes segments within a company for making operating decisions and assessing performance.  Reportable segments are based on products and services, geography, legal structure, management structure and any other manner in which management disaggregates a company.  Based on the management approach model, the Company has determined that its business is comprised of two reporting segments.

 

Assets held in trust or fiduciary capacity are not assets of the Company and, accordingly, are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

USE OF ESTIMATES IN PREPARING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Certain significant estimates include the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of goodwill and the fair values of securities and other financial instruments.  These estimates are reviewed by management regularly; however, they are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the future.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents is defined to include the Company’s cash on hand and due from financial institutions and short-term interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions.  The Company reports cash flows net for customer loan transactions, securities purchased under agreement to resell, deposit transactions, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and FHLB advances with terms less than 90 days.  The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the FRB, based on a percentage of deposits.  The total of those reserve balances was $220,000 and $1.1 million at September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company at times maintains balances in excess of insured limits at various financial institutions including the FHLB, the FRB, and other private institutions.  At September 30, 2009 the Company had $9,000 and $1.2 million in interest bearing deposits held at the FHLB and FRB, respectively. At September 30, 2009 the Company had no federal funds sold at several private institutions. The Company does not believe these carry a significant risk of loss, but cannot provide assurances that no losses could occur if these institutions were to become insolvent.

 

78



Table of Contents

 

SECURITIES

The Company classifies all securities as available for sale.  Available for sale securities are those the Company may decide to sell if needed for liquidity, asset-liability management or other reasons.  Available for sale securities are reported at fair value, with net unrealized gains and losses reported as other comprehensive income or loss as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax.

 

Gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method based on amortized cost and are reflected in results of operations at the time of sale.  Interest and dividend income, adjusted by amortization of purchase premium or discount over the estimated life of the security using the level yield method, is included in income as earned.

 

Declines in the fair value of individual securities below their amortized cost that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.  In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers, (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

 

LOANS RECEIVABLE

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding principal balances reduced by the allowance for loan losses and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans.

 

Interest income on loans is accrued over the term of the loans based upon the amount of principal outstanding except when serious doubt exists as to the collectibility of a loan, in which case the accrual of interest is discontinued.  Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent that cash payments are received until, in management’s judgment, the borrower has the ability to make contractual interest and principal payments, in which case the loan is returned to accrual status.

 

Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is recognized as an adjustment to interest income using the interest method.

 

MORTGAGE SERVICING AND TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

The Bank regularly sells residential mortgage loans to others on a non-recourse basis.  Sold loans are not included in the consolidated financial statements.  The Bank generally retains the right to service the sold loans for a fee.  At September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Bank was servicing loans for others with aggregate unpaid principal balances of $26.8 million and $28.7 million, respectively.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Because some loans may not be repaid in full, an allowance for loan losses is recorded. The allowance for loan losses is increased by a provision for loan losses charged to expense and decreased by charge-offs (net of recoveries). Estimating the risk of loss and the amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, and current economic conditions. While management may periodically allocate portions of the allowance for specific problem loan situations, the entire allowance is available for any loan charge-offs that occur.

 

Loans are considered impaired if full principal or interest payments are not anticipated in accordance with the contractual loan terms.  Impaired loans are carried at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  A portion of the allowance for loan losses is allocated to impaired loans if the value of such loans is deemed to be less than the unpaid balance.  If these allocations cause the allowance for loan losses to require an increase, such increase is reported as a component of the provision for loan losses.

 

The allowance consists of specific, general, and unallocated components.  The specific component relates to loans that are classified either as doubtful, substandard, or special mention.  For such loans that are also classified

 

79



Table of Contents

 

as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  The general component covers loans not considered impaired and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.  An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses.  The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.

 

Smaller-balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment in total.  Such loans include residential first mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residences, residential construction loans, and automobile, manufactured homes, home equity and second mortgage loans.  Commercial and agricultural loans and mortgage loans secured by other properties are evaluated individually for impairment.  When analysis of borrower operating results and financial condition indicates that underlying cash flows of the borrower’s business are not adequate to meet its debt service requirements, the loan is evaluated for impairment.  Often this is associated with a delay or shortfall in payments of 90 days or more.  Non-Accrual loans are often also considered impaired.  Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

 

FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE AND REPOSSESSED ASSETS

Real estate properties and repossessed assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less selling costs at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis.  Any reduction to fair value from the carrying value of the related loan at the time of acquisition is accounted for as a loan loss and charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Valuations are periodically performed by management and valuation allowances are increased through a charge to income for reductions in fair value or increases in estimated selling costs.

 

INCOME TAXES

The Company records income tax expense based on the amount of taxes due on its tax return plus deferred taxes computed based on the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

The Bank adopted ASC 740 (FASB Interpretation No. 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, as of October 1, 2007.  The Company recognizes a tax position as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur.  The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon examination.  For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not test, no tax benefit is recorded.  The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

 

PREMISES, FURNITURE, AND EQUIPMENT

Land is carried at cost.  Buildings, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed principally by using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 15 to 39 years for buildings, 5 to 20 years for leasehold improvements and 3 to 7 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment.  These assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 

TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

BANK-OWNED LIFE INSURANCE

Bank-owned life insurance represents the cash surrender value of investments in life insurance contracts.  Earnings on the contracts are based on the earnings on the cash surrender value, less mortality costs.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

The Company accounts for its employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position (SOP) 93-6.  Under SOP 93-6, the cost of shares issued to the ESOP, but not yet allocated to participants, are presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. Compensation expense is recorded based on the market price of the shares as they are committed to be released for allocation to participant accounts. The difference between the market price and the cost of shares committed to be released is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares are recorded as a reduction of retained earnings.  Dividends on unallocated shares are used to reduce the accrued interest and principal amount of the ESOP’s loan payable to the Company.

 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

The Company, in the normal course of business, makes commitments to make loans which are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

 

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and intangible assets are not amortized but are subject to an impairment test at least annually or more often if conditions indicate a possible impairment.

 

ASSETS AND LIABILITIES RELATED TO DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Assets and liabilities related to discontinued operations are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate.

 

SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase with primary dealers only, which provide for the repurchase of the same security.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase identical securities are collateralized by assets which are held in safekeeping in the name of the Bank or by the dealers who arranged the transaction.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase such securities are reflected as a liability.  The securities underlying the agreements remain in the asset accounts of the Company.

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Interest revenue from loans and investments is recognized on the accrual basis of accounting as the interest is earned according to the terms of the particular loan or investment. Income from service and other customer charges is recognized as earned. Card fee revenue within the MPS division is recognized as services are performed and service charges are earned in accordance with the terms of the various programs.

 

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE (EPS)

Basic EPS is based on the net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Allocated ESOP shares are considered outstanding for earnings per common share calculations, as they are committed to be released; unallocated ESOP shares are not considered outstanding.  Diluted EPS shows the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock option plans.  EPS, both basic and diluted, have been computed on a continuing and discontinued operations basis.

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income.  Other comprehensive income includes the net change in net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, net of reclassification adjustments and tax effects, and is recognized as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

 

STOCK COMPENSATION

 The Company accounts for stock based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, compensation expense for share based awards is recorded over the vesting period at the fair value of the award at the time of grant.  The recording of such compensation expense began on October 1, 2005 for shares not yet vested as of that date and for all new grants subsequent to that date.  Prior years’ results have not been restated.  The exercise price of options or fair value of nonvested shares granted under the Company’s incentive plans is equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the grant date.  The Company assumes no projected forfeitures on its stock based compensation, since actual historical forfeiture rates on its stock based incentive awards has been negligible.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods’ consolidated financial statements to present them on a basis comparable within the current period’s consolidated financial statements.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

Effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification” or “ASC”) is the single source of authoritative literature recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP.  The Codification does not change current GAAP, but is intended to simplify user access to all authoritative GAAP by providing all of the authoritative literature related to a particular topic in one place.  The Codification supersedes all pre-existing accounting and reporting standards, excluding separate rules and other interpretive guidance released by the SEC.  New accounting guidance is now issued in the form of Accounting Standards Updates, which update the Codification.  All guidance contained in the Codification carries an equal level of authority.  The Company has adopted the Codification in the period ending September 30, 2009 and the principal impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements is limited to disclosures as all future references to authoritative accounting literature will be referenced in accordance with the Codification.  In order to ease the transition to the Codification, the Codification cross-reference is provided alongside the references to the standards issued and adopted prior to the adoption of the Codification.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued ASC 815 (FASB Statement No. 161), Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. ASC 815 is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.  The Company adopted ASC 815 effective January 1, 2009.  The adoption of ASC 815 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC 820 (FASB Staff Position FAS 157-4), Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly.  ASC 820 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased.  ASC 820 also provides guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly.  ASC 820 is effective for financial statements issued after June 15, 2009.  The adoption of ASC 820 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC 320 (FASB Staff Position FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2), Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments.  ASC 320 amends the other-than-temporary impairment guidance in GAAP for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements.  ASC 320 does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to other-than-temporary impairment of equity securities.  ASC 320 is effective for financial statements issued after June 15, 2009.  The adoption of ASC 320 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC 820 (FASB Staff Position FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1), Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.  ASC 820 requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements.  ASC 820 also requires those disclosures in summarized financial information at interim reporting periods.  ASC 820 is effective for financial statements issued after June 15, 2009.  The Company adopted ASC 820 beginning June 30, 2009 with no material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 2.  DISCONTINUED BANK OPERATIONS

 

Sale of MetaBank West Central

 

On November 29, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement to sell MetaBank WC.  MetaBank WC has three branch offices in Stuart, Casey, and Menlo, Iowa.  MetaBank WC is a state chartered commercial bank whose primary federal regulator is the FRB of Chicago.  On March 28, 2008 the Company consummated the sale of MetaBank WC to Anita Bancorporation (Iowa).  The transaction involved the sale of the stock of MetaBank WC for approximately $8.2 million and generated a pre-tax gain on sale of $2.3 million.  The activity related to Meta Bank WC is accounted for as discontinued operations.

 

Activities related to discontinued bank operations have been recorded separately with current and prior period amounts reclassified as assets and liabilities related to discontinued operations on the consolidated statements of financial condition and as discontinued operations on the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statement of cash flows. The notes to the consolidated financial statements have also been adjusted to eliminate the effect of discontinued bank operations.

 

Presented below are condensed financial statements for MetaBank WC.

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION - DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

$

 

Investments and mortgage-backed securities, available for sale

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

Total assets related to discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

 

$

 

Other borrowings

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

Total liabilities related to discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

 

 

83



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

 

 

September 30, 2009

 

March 28, 2008

 

September 30, 2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

 

$

776

 

$

2,221

 

Interest expense

 

 

515

 

1,305

 

Net interest income

 

 

261

 

916

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(57

)

627

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

318

 

289

 

Non-interest income

 

 

2,441

 

216

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

374

 

899

 

Net income (loss) before income tax expense

 

 

2,385

 

(394

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

1,574

 

(253

)

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

811

 

$

(141

)

 

NOTE 3.  EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE (EPS)

 

A reconciliation of the income (loss) and common stock share amounts used in the computation of basic and diluted EPS for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is presented below.

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

Earnings (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(1,463

)

$

(1,834

)

$

1,312

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

 

811

 

(141

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1,463

)

$

(1,023

)

$

1,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic EPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

2,606,072

 

2,595,587

 

2,550,193

 

Less weighted average nonvested shares

 

(4,995

)

(6,661

)

(25,213

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

2,601,077

 

2,588,926

 

2,524,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.71

)

$

0.52

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

0.31

 

(0.06

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.40

)

$

0.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share

 

2,601,077

 

2,588,926

 

2,524,980

 

Add dilutive effect of assumed exercises of stock options, net of tax benefits

 

 

57,204

 

92,916

 

Weighted average common and dilutive potential common shares outstanding

 

2,601,077

 

2,646,130

 

2,617,896

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.69

)

$

0.50

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

0.31

 

(0.05

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(0.56

)

$

(0.38

)

$

0.45

 

 

Stock options 490,058, 127,907, and 26,682 were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, because they were not dilutive.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 4.  SECURITIES

 

Year end securities available for sale were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

GROSS

 

GROSS

 

 

 

 

 

AMORTIZED

 

UNREALIZED

 

UNREALIZED

 

FAIR

 

2009

 

COST

 

GAINS

 

(LOSSES)

 

VALUE

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred and corporate securities

 

$

25,805

 

$

 

$

(10,604

)

$

15,201

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

2,258

 

107

 

 

2,365

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

339,706

 

7,662

 

(96

)

347,272

 

Total debt securities

 

$

367,769

 

$

7,769

 

$

(10,700

)

$

364,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

GROSS

 

GROSS

 

 

 

 

 

AMORTIZED

 

UNREALIZED

 

UNREALIZED

 

FAIR

 

2008

 

COST

 

GAINS

 

(LOSSES)

 

VALUE

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred and corporate securities

 

$

25,795

 

$

25

 

$

(7,646

)

$

18,174

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

1,534

 

17

 

(14

)

1,537

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

184,515

 

478

 

(870

)

184,123

 

Total debt securities

 

$

211,844

 

$

520

 

$

(8,530

)

$

203,834

 

 

Included in securities available for sale are trust preferred securities as follows:

 

At September 30, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

S&P

 

Moody’s

 

Issuer(1)

 

Book Value

 

Fair Value

 

Gain (Loss)

 

Credit Rating

 

Credit Rating

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key Corp. Capital I

 

$

4,980

 

$

3,475

 

$

(1,505

)

BB

 

Baa2

 

Huntington Capital Trust II SE

 

4,969

 

2,048

 

(2,921

)

B

 

Baa3

 

Bank Boston Capital Trust IV (2)

 

4,960

 

2,903

 

(2,057

)

B

 

Baa3

 

Bank America Capital III

 

4,948

 

2,902

 

(2,046

)

B

 

Baa3

 

PNC Capital Trust

 

4,948

 

3,098

 

(1,850

)

BBB

 

Baa1

 

Cascade Capital Trust I 144A (3)

 

500

 

275

 

(225

)

 

 

 

 

CNB Invt Tr II Exchangeable Pfd Ser B (3)

 

500

 

500

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

25,805

 

$

15,201

 

$

(10,604

)

 

 

 

 

 


(1) Trust preferred securities are single-issuance.  There are no known deferrals, defaults or excess subordination.

(2) Bank Boston now known as Bank of America.

(3) Securities not rated.

 

The Company’s management reviews the status and potential impairment of the trust preferred securities on a monthly basis.  In its review, management discusses duration of unrealized losses and reviews credit rating changes.  Other factors, but not necessarily all, considered are:  that the risk of loss is minimized and easier to determine due to the single-issuer, rather than pooled, nature of the securities, the condition of the five banks listed, and whether there have been any payment deferrals or defaults to-date.  Such factors are subject to change over time.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

Gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in continuous unrealized loss position at September 30, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

 

 

LESS THAN 12 MONTHS

 

OVER 12 MONTHS

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

2009

 

Value

 

(Losses)

 

Value

 

(Losses)

 

Value

 

(Losses)

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred and corporate securities

 

$

 

$

 

$

15,201

 

$

(10,604

)

$

15,201

 

$

(10,604

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

2,365

 

 

 

2,365

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

17,780

 

(37

)

10,782

 

(59

)

28,562

 

(96

)

Total debt securities

 

$

17,780

 

$

(37

)

$

28,348

 

$

(10,663

)

$

46,128

 

$

(10,700

)

 

 

 

LESS THAN 12 MONTHS

 

OVER 12 MONTHS

 

TOTAL

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

2008

 

Value

 

(Losses)

 

Value

 

(Losses)

 

Value

 

(Losses)

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred and corporate securities

 

$

425

 

$

(75

)

$

17,224

 

$

(7,571

)

$

17,649

 

$

(7,646

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

419

 

(14

)

 

 

419

 

(14

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

115,225

 

(870

)

26

 

 

115,251

 

(870

)

Total debt securities

 

$

116,069

 

$

(959

)

$

17,250

 

$

(7,571

)

$

133,319

 

$

(8,530

)

 

As of September 30, 2009, the investment portfolio included 7 securities with current unrealized losses which have existed for longer than one year.  All of these securities are considered to be acceptable credit risks.  Because the declines in fair value were due to changes in market interest rates, not in estimated cash flows, no other-than-temporary impairment was recorded at September 30, 2009.  In addition, the Company has the intent and ability to hold these investment securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity are shown below.  Certain securities have call features which allow the issuer to call the security prior to maturity.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities in mortgage-backed securities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.  Therefore, mortgage-backed securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following maturity summary.

 

 

 

AMORTIZED

 

FAIR

 

September 30, 2009

 

COST

 

VALUE

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

 

$

 

Due after one year through five years

 

1,572

 

1,638

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

686

 

727

 

Due after ten years

 

25,805

 

15,201

 

 

 

28,063

 

17,566

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

339,706

 

347,272

 

Total debt securities

 

$

367,769

 

$

364,838

 

 

86



Table of Contents

 

Activities related to the sale of securities available for sale are summarized below.

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales

 

$

32,478

 

$

16,990

 

$

1,098

 

Gross gains on sales

 

762

 

62

 

496

 

Gross losses on sales

 

1

 

37

 

 

 

NOTE 5.  LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

Year end loans receivable were as follows:

 

September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One to four family residential mortgage loans

 

$

48,770

 

$

56,362

 

Commercial and multi-family real estate loans

 

232,750

 

222,651

 

Agricultural real estate loans

 

26,755

 

30,046

 

Consumer loans

 

35,999

 

49,329

 

Commercial business loans

 

26,869

 

44,972

 

Agricultural business loans

 

27,889

 

31,153

 

Total Loans Receivable

 

399,032

 

434,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(6,993

)

(5,732

)

Undisbursed portion of loans in process

 

(264

)

(693

)

Net deferred loan origination fees

 

(166

)

(160

)

Total Loans Receivable, Net

 

$

391,609

 

$

427,928

 

 

Annual activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows:

 

Year ended September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

5,732

 

$

4,493

 

$

6,391

 

Provision for loan losses

 

18,713

 

2,715

 

3,168

 

Recoveries

 

632

 

73

 

549

 

Charge offs

 

(18,084

)

(1,549

)

(5,615

)

Ending balance

 

$

6,993

 

$

5,732

 

$

4,493

 

 

Virtually all of the Company’s originated loans are to Iowa- and South Dakota-based individuals and organizations.  The Company’s purchased loans totaled $67.7 million at September 30, 2009, which were secured by properties located, as a percentage of total loans, as follows:  7% in Oregon, 3% in Iowa, 2% in Washington, 1% each in Minnesota, North Dakota, Florida and Missouri, and the remaining 1% in nine other states.

 

The Company originates and purchases commercial real estate loans.  These loans are considered by management to be of somewhat greater risk of uncollectibility due to the dependency on income production.  The Company’s commercial real estate loans include $25.8 million of loans secured by hotel properties and $55.4 million of multi-family properties at September 30, 2009.  The Company’s commercial real estate loans include

 

87



Table of Contents

 

$16.3 million of loans secured by hotel properties and $44.2 million of multi-family properties at September 30, 2008.  The remainder of the commercial real estate portfolio is diversified by industry.  The Company’s policy for requiring collateral and guarantees varies with the creditworthiness of each borrower.

 

Impaired loans, which include non-accrual loans, were as follows:

 

Year ended September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year-end impaired loans with no allowance for loan losses allocated

 

$

 

$

 

Year-end impaired loans with allowance for loan losses allocated

 

19,410

 

15,908

 

Amount of the allowance allocated to impaired loans

 

5,057

 

3,540

 

Average of impaired loans during the year

 

18,930

 

6,512

 

 

Interest income and cash interest collected on impaired loans was not material during the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.

 

Non-Accruing loans were $12.6 million and $2.8 million at September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  There were no accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more at September 30, 2009.  Accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more were $4.6 million at September 30, 2008.

 

NOTE 6.  LOAN SERVICING

 

Loans serviced for others are not reported as assets.  The unpaid principal balances of these loans at year end were as follows:

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loan portfolios serviced for FNMA

 

$

17,028

 

$

18,669

 

Other

 

9,747

 

10,029

 

 

 

$

26,775

 

$

28,698

 

 

NOTE 7.  PREMISES, FURNITURE, AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Year end premises and equipment were as follows:

 

September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

2,688

 

$

2,689

 

Buildings

 

14,343

 

14,174

 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

 

19,415

 

16,025

 

 

 

36,446

 

32,888

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(14,457

)

(10,896

)

 

 

$

21,989

 

$

21,992

 

 

Depreciation expense of premises, furniture, and equipment included in occupancy and equipment expense was approximately $3.6 million, $2.8 million, and $1.8 million for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 8.  TIME CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSITS

 

Time certificates of deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more were approximately $48.3 million and $26.7 million at September 30, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

 

At September 30, 2009, the scheduled maturities of time certificates of deposits were as follows for the years ending:

 

September 30,

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

 95,159

 

2011

 

31,360

 

2012

 

7,391

 

2013

 

10,518

 

2014

 

1,735

 

Total Certificates

 

$

 146,163

 

 

NOTE 9.  ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK

 

At September 30, 2009, the Company’s advances from the FHLB had fixed rates ranging from 3.57% to 7.01% with a weighted average rate of 5.66%.  The scheduled maturities of FHLB advances were as follows for the years ending:

 

September 30,

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

 19,000

 

2011

 

11,000

 

2012

 

 

2013

 

2,500

 

2014

 

 

Thereafter

 

8,500

 

Total FHLB Advances

 

$

 41,000

 

 

The Company had one advance in the amount of $8.7 million, with a weighted average fixed rate of 6.19%, carrying a quarterly call provision, whereby the FHLB can elect to accelerate the maturity of this borrowing.  This advance is shown in the above table at its stated maturity date, which is 2009. The Company also had $33.8 million in overnight federal funds purchased from the FHLB at a rate of 0.35%.

 

As of September 30, 2008, the Company’s advances from the FHLB totaled $112.0 million and carried a weighted average rate of 3.67%.  The Company also had $20.0 million in overnight federal funds purchased from the FHLB at a rate of 1.66%.

 

The Bank has executed blanket pledge agreements whereby the Bank assigns, transfers, and pledges to the FHLB and grants to the FHLB a security interest in all mortgage collateral and securities collateral.  The Bank has the right to use, commingle, and dispose of the collateral it has assigned to the FHLB.  Under the agreement, the Bank must maintain “eligible collateral” that has a “lending value” at least equal to the “required collateral amount,” all as defined by the agreement.

 

89



Table of Contents

 

At year end 2009, and 2008, the Bank pledged securities with fair values of approximately $157.1 million and $82.1 million, respectively, against specific FHLB advances.  In addition, qualifying mortgage loans of approximately $41.1 million, and $43.3 million were pledged as collateral at September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

NOTE 10.  SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase totaled approximately $6.7 million and $5.3 million at September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

An analysis of securities sold under agreements to repurchase follows:

 

September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highest month-end balance

 

$

 24,351

 

$

 51,439

 

Average balance

 

13,299

 

9,794

 

Weighted average interest rate for the year

 

0.55

%

3.00

%

Weighted average interest rate at yearend

 

0.49

%

1.23

%

 

The Company pledged securities with fair values of approximately $21.3 million at September 30, 2009, as collateral for securities sold under agreements to repurchase.  There were $18.6 million securities pledged as collateral for securities sold under agreements to repurchase at September 30, 2008.

 

NOTE 11.  SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AND TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

 

Subordinated debentures are due to First Midwest Financial Capital Trust I, a 100%-owned nonconsolidated subsidiary of the Company.  The debentures were issued in 2001 in conjunction with the Trust’s issuance of 10,000 shares of Trust Preferred Securities.  The debentures bear the same interest rate and terms as the trust preferred securities.  The debentures are included on the balance sheet as liabilities.

 

The Company issued all of the 10,000 authorized shares of trust preferred securities of First Midwest Financial Capital Trust I holding solely subordinated debt securities.  Distributions are paid semi-annually.  Cumulative cash distributions are calculated at a variable rate of LIBOR (as defined) plus 3.75% (4.38% at September 30, 2009 and 7.73% at September 30, 2008), not to exceed 12.5%.  The Company may, at one or more times, defer interest payments on the capital securities for up to 10 consecutive semi-annual periods, but not beyond July 25, 2031.  At the end of any deferral period, all accumulated and unpaid distributions are required to be paid.  The capital securities are required to be redeemed on July 25, 2031; however, the Company has the option to shorten the maturity date to a date not earlier than July 25, 2007.  The redemption price is $1,000 per capital security plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the date of redemption plus, if redeemed prior to July 25, 2011, a redemption premium as defined in the Indenture agreement.

 

Holders of the capital securities have no voting rights, are unsecured and rank junior in priority of payment to all of the Company’s indebtedness and senior to the Company’s common stock.

 

Although the securities issued by the trusts are not included as a component of shareholders’ equity, the securities are treated as capital for regulatory purposes, subject to certain limitations.

 

90



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 12.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS

 

The Company maintains an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) for eligible employees who have 1,000 hours of employment with the Bank, have worked one year at the Bank and who have attained age 21.  ESOP expense of $388,000, $375,000 and $134,000 was recorded for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Contributions of $440,000, $376,000 and $132,000 were made to the ESOP during the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  During the year ended September 30, 2008 the ESOP made its final principal payment to the Company.  The ESOP had borrowed money from the Company to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock.  Shares purchased by the ESOP were held in suspense for allocation among participants as the loan was repaid.

 

Contributions to the ESOP and shares released from suspense are allocated among ESOP participants on the basis of compensation in the year of allocation.  Benefits generally become 100% vested after seven years of credited service.  Prior to the completion of seven years of credited service, a participant who terminates employment for reasons other than death or disability receives a reduced benefit based on the ESOP’s vesting schedule.  Forfeitures are reallocated among remaining participating employees in the same proportion as contributions.  Benefits are payable in the form of stock upon termination of employment.  The Company’s contributions to the ESOP are not fixed, so benefits payable under the ESOP cannot be estimated.

 

For the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, 18,446 shares, 16,562 shares and 5,750 shares with a fair value of $23.86, $17.00 and $39.85 per share, respectively, were released.  Also for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, allocated shares and total ESOP shares reflect 254 shares, 47,336 shares, and 26,440 shares, respectively, withdrawn from the ESOP by participants who are no longer with the Company or by participants diversifying their holdings and 535 shares, 1,265 shares, and 3,521 shares, respectively, purchased for dividend reinvestment.

 

Year-end ESOP shares are as follows:

 

September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocated shares

 

209,438

 

191,774

 

221,283

 

Unearned shares

 

 

 

16,562

 

Total ESOP shares

 

209,438

 

191,774

 

237,845

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of unearned shares

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 660

 

 

The Company also has a profit sharing plan covering substantially all full-time employees.  Contribution expense to the profit sharing plan, included in compensation and benefits, for the years ended September 30, 2008, and 2007 was $358,000, and $311,000, respectively.  There was no contribution expense to the profit sharing plan for the year ended September 30, 2009.

 

NOTE 13.  SHARE BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

The Company maintains the 2002 Omnibus Incentive Plan which, among other things, provides for the awarding of stock options and nonvested (restricted) shares to certain officers and directors of the Company.  Awards are granted by the Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors based on the performance of the award recipients or other relevant factors.

 

91



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the effect to income, net of tax benefits, of share-based expense recorded in the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Total employee stock-based compensation expense recognized in income, net of tax effects of $75, $191 and $191, respectively

 

$

714

 

$

 908

 

$

 926

 

 

As of September 30, 2009, stock-based compensation expense not yet recognized in income totaled $256,000 which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of 0.95 years.

 

At grant date, the fair value of options awarded to recipients is estimated using a Black-Scholes valuation model.  The exercise price of stock options equals the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant.  The following table shows the key valuation assumptions used for options granted during the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007, and other information.  Options are issued for 10 year periods with 100% vesting generally occurring either at grant date or over a four year period.

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.50% - 2.82%

 

3.37% - 4.36%

 

4.46% - 5.14%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected annual standard deviation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

46.48% - 68.70%

 

19.36% - 33.46%

 

19.52% - 19.72%

 

Weighted average

 

51.04%

 

32.80%

 

19.62%

 

Expected life (years)

 

6

 

7

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

2.26% - 6.30%

 

1.34% - 3.25%

 

1.25% - 1.77%

 

Weighted average

 

3.05%

 

3.18%

 

1.40%

 

Weighted average fair value of options granted during period

 

$

 7.44

 

$

 4.55

 

$

 10.29

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised during period

 

$

 181

 

$

 98

 

$

 1,486

 

 

Although authorized under the Company’s 2002 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the Company had not, prior to fiscal year 2006, awarded nonvested (restricted) shares to employees or directors.  The Company did award nonvested (restricted) shares during the fiscal years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007.  Shares vest immediately up to a period of four years.  The following table shows the weighted average fair value of nonvested (restricted) shares awarded and the total fair value of nonvested (restricted) shares which vested during the fiscal years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007.  The fair value is determined based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the grant date.

 

Year Ended September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

Weighted average fair value of nonvested shares granted during period

 

$

16.00

 

$

38.59

 

$

39.84

 

Total fair value of nonvested shares vested during period

 

$

124

 

$

41

 

$

162

 

 

92



Table of Contents

 

In addition to the Company’s active 2002 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the Company also maintains the 1995 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.  No new options were, or could have been, awarded under the 1995 plan during the year ended September 30, 2009; however, previously awarded but unexercised options were outstanding under this plan during the year.

 

The following tables shows the activity of options and nonvested (restricted) shares granted, exercised, or forfeited under all of the Company’s option and incentive plans during the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.

 

 

 

Number
of
Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Yrs)

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding, September 30, 2008

 

514,328

 

$

23.85

 

7.53

 

$

329

 

Granted

 

85,717

 

20.80

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(21,624

)

14.67

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(500

)

22.05

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding, September 30, 2009

 

577,921

 

$

23.74

 

7.12

 

$

1,836

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercisable end of year

 

485,799

 

$

23.14

 

7.07

 

$

1,583

 

 

 

 

Number
of
Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Yrs)

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding, September 30, 2007

 

424,269

 

$

25.81

 

7.71

 

$

5,971

 

Granted

 

121,492

 

16.69

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(14,983

)

20.74

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(16,450

)

27.40

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding, September 30, 2008

 

514,328

 

$

23.85

 

7.53

 

$

329

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercisable end of year

 

397,970

 

$

22.21

 

7.47

 

$

315

 

 

93



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Weighted Average
Fair Value At Grant

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested shares outstanding, September 30, 2008

 

12,500

 

$

32.93

 

Granted

 

5,200

 

16.00

 

Vested

 

(6,866

)

18.05

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(7,500

)

38.59

 

Nonvested shares outstanding, September 30, 2009

 

3,334

 

$

24.43

 

 

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Weighted Average
Fair Value At Grant

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested shares outstanding, September 30, 2007

 

6,666

 

$

24.43

 

Granted

 

10,000

 

38.59

 

Vested

 

(1,666

)

24.43

 

Forfeited or expired

 

(2,500

)

38.59

 

Nonvested shares outstanding, September 30, 2008

 

12,500

 

$

32.93

 

 

NOTE 14.  INCOME TAXES

 

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return on a fiscal year basis.

 

The provision for income taxes from continuing operations consists of:

 

Years ended September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Federal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

299

 

$

(329

)

$

405

 

Deferred

 

(840

)

(588

)

644

 

 

 

(541

)

(917

)

1,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

128

 

(53

)

78

 

Deferred

 

(130

)

(32

)

100

 

 

 

(2

)

(85

)

178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

(543

)

$

(1,002

)

$

1,227

 

 

94



Table of Contents

 

Total income tax expense (benefit) differs from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 

Years ended September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) at 35% federal tax rate

 

$

(682

)

$

(993

)

$

889

 

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income taxes net of federal benefit

 

(1

)

(55

)

89

 

Nontaxable buildup in cash surrender value

 

(174

)

(174

)

(153

)

Incentive stock option expense

 

200

 

203

 

191

 

Tax exempt income

 

(19

)

(21

)

(5

)

Nondeductible expenses

 

101

 

69

 

125

 

Other, net

 

32

 

(31

)

91

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

(543

)

$

(1,002

)

$

1,227

 

 

Year-end deferred tax assets and liabilities included in other assets consist of:

 

September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debts

 

$

2,608

 

$

2,134

 

Stock based compensation

 

476

 

390

 

Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale

 

1,093

 

2,988

 

Other, net

 

758

 

340

 

 

 

4,935

 

5,852

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB stock dividend

 

(422

)

(444

)

Premises and equipment

 

(886

)

(789

)

Deferred loan fees

 

(61

)

(128

)

 

 

(1,369

)

(1,361

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

3,566

 

$

4,491

 

 

Federal income tax laws provided savings banks with additional bad debt deductions through September 30, 1987 totaling $6.7 million for the Bank.  Accounting standards do not require a deferred tax liability to be recorded on this amount, which liability otherwise would total approximately $2.3 million at September 30, 2009, and 2008.  If the Bank were to be liquidated or otherwise cease to be a bank, or if tax laws were to change, the $2.3 million would be recorded as expense.

 

The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740 (FASB Interpretation No. 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on October 1, 2007.  ASC 740 addresses the determination of how tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements.  Under ASC 740, the Company recognizes the tax benefits from an uncertain tax position only when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits of the position, that the tax position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of any related appeals or litigation.  The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured as the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

 

95



Table of Contents

 

In addition, the Company is required to establish contingency reserves for material, known tax exposures.  The Company’s tax reserves reflect management’s judgment as to the resolution of the issues involved if subject to judicial review.  While the Company believes that its reserves are adequate to cover reasonably expected tax risks, there can be no assurance that, in all instances, an issue raised by a tax authority will be resolved at a financial cost that does not exceed its related reserve.  With respect to these reserves, the Company’s income tax expense would include (i) any changes in tax reserves arising from material changes during the period in the facts and circumstances surrounding a tax issue, and (ii) any difference from the Company’s tax position as recorded in the financial statements and the final resolution of a tax issue during the period

 

Income tax returns for fiscal years 2006 thru 2008, with few exceptions, remain open to examination by federal and state taxing authorities.  As a result of the implementation of ASC 740, the Company determined that no additional liability for unrecognized tax benefits and associated accrued interest and penalties existed at October 1, 2007.  There have been no changes to this amount during fiscal 2009.

 

NOTE 15.  CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS

 

The Bank is the Company’s primary subsidiary.  The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory or discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific quantitative capital guidelines using their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The requirements are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total risk-based capital and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and a leverage ratio consisting of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  As of September 30, 2009, the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements.

 

The Bank’s actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Requirement To Be

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Requirement For

 

Well Capitalized Under Prompt

 

 

 

Actual

 

Capital Adequacy Purposes

 

Corrective Action Provisions

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MetaBank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible capital (to tangible assets)

 

$

55,813

 

6.69

%

$

12,510

 

1.50

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)

 

55,813

 

6.69

 

33,361

 

4.00

 

$

41,701

 

5.00

%

Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

55,813

 

11.76

 

18,991

 

4.00

 

28,487

 

6.00

 

Total risk based capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

61,748

 

13.01

 

37,983

 

8.00

 

47,478

 

10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MetaBank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible capital (to tangible assets)

 

$

56,175

 

7.35

%

$

11,469

 

1.50

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)

 

56,175

 

7.35

 

30,583

 

4.00

 

$

38,229

 

5.00

%

Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

56,175

 

9.88

 

22,746

 

4.00

 

34,119

 

6.00

 

Total risk based capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

61,907

 

10.89

 

45,492

 

8.00

 

56,865

 

10.00

 

 

Regulations limit the amount of dividends and other capital distributions that may be paid by a financial institution without prior approval of its primary regulator.  The regulatory restriction is based on a three-tiered system with the greatest flexibility being afforded to well-capitalized (Tier 1) institutions.  The Bank is currently a Tier 1 institution.  Accordingly, the Bank can make, without prior regulatory approval, distributions during a

 

96



Table of Contents

 

calendar year up to 100% of their retained net income for the calendar year-to-date plus retained net income for the previous two calendar years (less any dividends previously paid) as long as they remain well-capitalized, as defined in prompt corrective action regulations, following the proposed distribution.  Accordingly, at September 30, 2009, approximately $2.5 million of the Bank’s retained earnings were potentially available for distribution to the Company.

 

NOTE 16.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

In the normal course of business, the Bank makes various commitments to extend credit which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

At September 30, 2009 and 2008, unfunded loan commitments approximated $51.8 million and $57.4 million respectively, excluding undisbursed portions of loans in process.  Unfunded loan commitments at September 30, 2009 and 2008 were principally for variable rate loans.  Commitments, which are disbursed subject to certain limitations, extend over various periods of time.  Generally, unused commitments are canceled upon expiration of the commitment term as outlined in each individual contract.

 

The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by other parties to financial instruments for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.   The same credit policies and collateral requirements are used in making commitments and conditional obligations as are used for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

Since certain commitments to make loans and to fund lines of credit and loans in process expire without being used, the amount does not necessarily represent future cash commitments.  In addition, commitments used to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.

 

Securities with fair values of approximately $6.0 million and $7.9 million at September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public funds on deposit.  Securities with fair values of approximately $23.4 million and $6.5 million at September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were pledged as collateral for individual, trust and estate deposits.

 

Under employment agreements with certain executive officers, certain events leading to separation from the Company could result in cash payments totaling approximately $4.3 million as of September 30, 2009.

 

NOTE 17.  LEASE COMMITMENTS

 

The Company has leased property under various noncancelable operating lease agreements which expire at various times through 2024, and require annual rentals ranging from $3,000 to $860,000 plus the payment of the property taxes, normal maintenance, and insurance on certain property.

 

97



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows the total minimum rental commitment at September 30, 2009, under the leases.

 

September 30,

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

$

1,590

 

2011

 

1,497

 

2012

 

1,499

 

2013

 

1,238

 

2014

 

1,065

 

Thereafter

 

3,528

 

Total Leases Commitments

 

$

10,417

 

 

NOTE 18.  SEGMENT REPORTING

 

An operating segment is generally defined as a component of a business for which discrete financial information is available and whose results are reviewed by the chief operating decision-maker. Operating segments are aggregated into reportable segments if certain criteria are met.  The Company has determined that it has two reportable segments.  The first reportable segment, Traditional Banking, consists of its banking subsidiary, the Bank.  The Bank operates as a traditional community bank providing deposit, loan and other related products to individuals and small businesses, primarily in the communities where their offices are located.  The second reportable segment, MPS, is a division of the Bank.  MPS provides a number of products and services to financial institutions and other businesses.  These products and services include issuance of prepaid debit cards, sponsorship of ATMs into the debit networks, credit programs, ACH origination services, gift card programs, rebate programs, travel programs, and tax related programs.  Other programs are in the process of development.  The remaining grouping under the caption “All Others” consists of the operations of the Company and Meta Trust and inter-segment eliminations.  MetaBank WC is accounted for as discontinued bank operations.  It was previously reported as part of the traditional banking segment, and has been separately classified to show the effect of continuing operations.

 

Transactions between affiliates, the resulting revenues of which are shown in the intersegment revenue category, are conducted at market prices, meaning prices that would be paid if the companies were not affiliates.

 

 

 

Traditional Banking(1)

 

Meta Payment Systems®

 

All Others

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

 35,083

 

$

 9,415

 

$

 (7,772

)

$

 36,726

 

Interest expense

 

15,332

 

844

 

(7,269

)

8,907

 

Net interest income (loss)

 

19,751

 

8,571

 

(503

)

27,819

 

Provision for loan losses

 

10,427

 

8,286

 

 

18,713

 

Non-interest income

 

2,480

 

77,396

 

93

 

79,969

 

Non-interest expense

 

18,800

 

71,016

 

1,265

 

91,081

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

 

(6,996

)

6,665

 

(1,675

)

(2,006

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(2,545

)

2,567

 

(565

)

(543

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

 (4,451

)

$

 4,098

 

$

 (1,110

)

$

 (1,463

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inter-segment revenue (expense)

 

$

 8,466

 

$

 (8,466

)

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Total assets

 

389,053

 

441,794

 

3,930

 

834,777

 

Total deposits

 

231,961

 

422,090

 

(304

)

653,747

 

 

98



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Traditional Banking (1)

 

Meta Payment Systems ®

 

All Others

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

 37,257

 

$

 12,572

 

$

 (12,411

)

$

 37,418

 

Interest expense

 

24,080

 

1,043

 

(11,708

)

13,415

 

Net interest income (loss)

 

13,177

 

11,529

 

(703

)

24,003

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,715

 

 

 

2,715

 

Non-interest income

 

2,723

 

34,821

 

152

 

37,696

 

Non-interest expense

 

19,975

 

41,387

 

458

 

61,820

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

 

(6,790

)

4,963

 

(1,009

)

(2,836

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(2,557

)

1,707

 

(152

)

(1,002

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

 (4,233

)

$

 3,256

 

$

 (857

)

$

 (1,834

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inter-segment revenue (expense)

 

$

 6,124

 

$

 (6,124

)

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Total assets

 

405,044

 

303,144

 

2,048

 

710,236

 

Total deposits

 

216,224

 

284,809

 

(1,229

)

499,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued Operations-Traditional Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

(57

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest income

 

2,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest expense

 

374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations before tax

 

2,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

1,574

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations

 

$

 811

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inter-segment revenue

 

$

 175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Traditional Banking (1)

 

Meta Payment Systems ®

 

All Others

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

37,922

 

$

10,845

 

$

(10,993

)

$

37,774

 

Interest expense

 

26,955

 

97

 

(10,085

)

16,967

 

Net interest income (loss)

 

$

10,967

 

$

10,748

 

$

(908

)

$

20,807

 

Provision for loan losses

 

3,168

 

 

 

3,168

 

Non-interest income

 

5,956

 

15,576

 

326

 

21,858

 

Non-interest expense

 

15,476

 

21,128

 

354

 

36,958

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

 

(1,721

)

5,196

 

(936

)

2,539

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(512

)

1,862

 

(123

)

1,227

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(1,209

)

$

3,334

 

$

(813

)

$

1,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inter-segment revenue (expense)

 

$

6,119

 

$

(6,119

)

$

 

$

 

Total assets

 

391,416

 

254,643

 

4,251

 

650,310

 

Total deposits

 

280,076

 

242,902

 

 

522,978

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued Operations-Traditional Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

627

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest income

 

216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest expense

 

899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) from discontinued operations before tax

 

(394

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit)

 

(253

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) from discontinued operations

 

$

 (141

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inter-segment revenue

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

35,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

 

24,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 19.  PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Presented below are condensed financial statements for the parent company, Meta Financial.

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

96

 

$

2,096

 

Securities available for sale

 

775

 

950

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

56,567

 

53,625

 

Other assets

 

1,274

 

473

 

Total assets

 

$

58,712

 

$

57,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Loan payable to subsidiaries

 

$

250

 

$

500

 

Subordinated debentures

 

10,310

 

10,310

 

Other liabilities

 

807

 

601

 

Total liabilities

 

$

11,367

 

$

11,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

30

 

30

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

23,551

 

23,058

 

Retained earnings

 

31,626

 

34,442

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)

 

(1,838

)

(5,022

)

Unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares

 

 

 

Treasury stock, at cost

 

(6,024

)

(6,775

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

47,345

 

$

45,733

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

58,712

 

$

57,144

 

 

101



Table of Contents

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Years ended September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Dividend income from subsidiaries

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 1,250

 

Gain on sale of securities available for sale

 

 

 

225

 

Gain on sale of commercial bank subsidiary

 

 

2,309

 

 

Other income

 

115

 

156

 

125

 

Total income

 

115

 

2,465

 

1,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

617

 

841

 

1,033

 

Other expense

 

1,095

 

276

 

146

 

Total expense

 

1,712

 

1,117

 

1,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

(1,597

)

1,348

 

421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) tax expense (benefit)

 

(536

)

1,415

 

(87

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries

 

(1,061

)

(67

)

508

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries

 

(402

)

(956

)

663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

 (1,463

)

$

 (1,023

)

$

 1,171

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

For the Years Ended September 30,

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1,463

)

$

(1,023

)

$

1,171

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activites

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries

 

242

 

2,030

 

(663

)

(Gain) on sale of securities available for sale

 

 

 

(225

)

Change in other assets

 

(1,047

)

1,145

 

(1,605

)

Change in other liabilities

 

452

 

(693

)

1,764

 

Other, net

 

5

 

575

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(1,811

)

2,034

 

442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in subsidiary

 

 

(2,298

)

(100

)

Proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale

 

 

 

727

 

Repayments on loan receivable from ESOP

 

 

376

 

133

 

Other, net

 

175

 

223

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activites

 

175

 

(1,699

)

760

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in loan payable to subsidiaries

 

(250

)

(210

)

 

Cash dividends paid

 

(1,353

)

(1,340

)

(1,319

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

15

 

199

 

479

 

Other, net

 

1,224

 

901

 

 

Net cash (used in) financing activities

 

(364

)

(450

)

(840

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(2,000

)

$

(115

)

$

362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

$

2,096

 

$

2,211

 

$

1,849

 

End of year

 

$

96

 

$

2,096

 

$

2,211

 

 

102



Table of Contents

 

The extent to which the Company may pay cash dividends to shareholders will depend on the cash currently available at the Company, as well as the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company.

 

NOTE 20.  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

QUARTER ENDED

 

 

 

December 31

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

September 30

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

8,726

 

$

10,534

 

$

8,465

 

$

9,001

 

Interest expense

 

2,565

 

2,289

 

2,121

 

1,932

 

Net interest income

 

6,161

 

8,245

 

6,344

 

7,069

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,129

 

10,270

 

6,277

 

37

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

673

 

1,175

 

(2,582

)

(729

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Net income (loss)

 

673

 

1,175

 

(2,582

)

(729

)

Earnings (loss) per common and common equivalent share - basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.26

 

$

0.45

 

$

(0.99

)

$

(0.28

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

0.26

 

0.45

 

(0.99

)

(0.28

)

Earnings (loss) per common and common equivalent share - diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

0.26

 

0.45

 

(0.99

)

$

 (0.28

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

0.26

 

0.45

 

(0.99

)

(0.28

)

Dividend declared per share

 

0.13

 

0.13

 

0.13

 

0.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

8,899

 

$

9,895

 

$

9,171

 

$

9,453

 

Interest expense

 

3,625

 

3,679

 

3,180

 

2,931

 

Net interest income

 

5,274

 

6,216

 

5,991

 

6,522

 

Provision for loan losses

 

(130

)

200

 

125

 

2,520

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

(790

)

1,203

 

(410

)

(1,837

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

50

 

761

 

0

 

0

 

Net income (loss)

 

(740

)

1,964

 

(410

)

(1,837

)

Earnings (loss) per common and common equivalent share - basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(0.31

)

$

0.47

 

$

(0.16

)

$

(0.71

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

0.02

 

0.29

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

(0.29

)

0.76

 

(0.16

)

(0.71

)

Earnings (loss) per common and common equivalent share - diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

(0.31

)

0.46

 

(0.16

)

(0.68

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

0.02

 

0.29

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

(0.29

)

0.75

 

(0.16

)

(0.68

)

Dividend declared per share

 

0.13

 

0.13

 

0.13

 

0.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

9,783

 

$

9,720

 

$

8,933

 

$

9,338

 

Interest expense

 

4,792

 

4,277

 

4,058

 

3,840

 

Net interest income

 

4,991

 

5,443

 

4,875

 

5,498

 

Provision for loan losses

 

4,063

 

(225

)

(500

)

(170

)

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

(2,296

)

620

 

2,234

 

754

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

(408

)

115

 

330

 

(178

)

Net income (loss)

 

(2,704

)

735

 

2,564

 

576

 

Earnings (loss) per common and common equivalent share - basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(0.92

)

$

0.25

 

$

0.88

 

$

0.29

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

(0.16

)

0.04

 

0.13

 

(0.07

)

Net income (loss)

 

(1.08

)

0.29

 

1.01

 

0.22

 

Earnings (loss) per common and common equivalent share - diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

(0.92

)

0.24

 

0.84

 

0.28

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

(0.16

)

0.04

 

0.12

 

(0.07

)

Net income (loss)

 

(1.08

)

0.28

 

0.96

 

0.21

 

Dividend declared per share

 

0.13

 

0.13

 

0.13

 

0.13

 

 

103



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 21.  FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Effective October 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 820 (SFAS No. 157), Fair Value Measurements.  ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities using a hierarchy system and expands disclosures about fair value measurement.  It clarifies that fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the market in which the reporting entity transacts.

 

The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

 

Level 1 Inputs – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets that the Company has the ability to access at measurement date.

 

Level 2 Inputs – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in active markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which significant assumptions are observable in the market.

 

Level 3 Inputs – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market and are used only to the extent that observable inputs are not available.  These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.  Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

 

 

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.  These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value effective October 1, 2008.

 

Securities Available for Sale.  Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using an independent pricing service.  Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, as well as U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government and agency securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets.  The Company had no Level 1 securities at September 30, 2009.  Level 2 securities include agency mortgage-backed securities and private collateralized mortgage obligations, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities.

 

The following table summarizes the assets of the Company for which fair values are determined on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2009.

 

 

 

Fair Value at September 30, 2009

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

$

364,838

 

$

 

$

364,838

 

$

 

 

104



Table of Contents

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) Stock.  FHLB stock is recorded at cost which is assumed to represent fair value since the Company is generally able to redeem this stock at par value.

 

Foreclosed Real Estate and Repossessed Assets.  Real estate properties and repossessed assets are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less selling costs at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis.  The carrying amount at September 30, 2009 represents the fair value and related losses that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

 

Loans.  The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis.  However, if a loan is considered impaired, an allowance for loan losses is established.  Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with ASC 310 (SFAS No. 114), Accounting for Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.  When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or current appraised value, the Company records the impaired loan as non-recurring level 2.

 

The following table summarizes the assets of the Company for which fair values are determined on a non-recurring basis as of September 30, 2009.

 

 

 

Fair Value at September 30, 2009

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB Stock

 

$

7,050

 

$

 

$

7,050

 

$

 

Foreclosed Assets, net

 

2,053

 

 

2,053

 

 

Loans

 

19,242

 

 

19,242

 

 

Total

 

$

28,345

 

$

 

$

28,345

 

$

 

 

The following table discloses the Company’s estimated fair value amounts of its financial instruments.  It is management’s belief that the fair values presented below are reasonable based on the valuation techniques and data available to the Company as of September 30, 2009 and 2008, as more fully described below.  The operations of the Company are managed from a going concern basis and not a liquidation basis.  As a result, the ultimate value realized for the financial instruments presented could be substantially different when actually recognized over time through the normal course of operations.  Additionally, a substantial portion of the Company’s inherent value is the Banks’ capitalization and franchise value.  Neither of these components have been given consideration in the presentation of fair values below.

 

The following presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of the financial instruments held by the Company at September 30, 2009 and 2008.  The information presented is subject to change over time based on a variety of factors.

 

105



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

September 30,

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 6,168

 

$

 6,168

 

$

 2,963

 

$

 2,963

 

Federal funds sold

 

9

 

9

 

5,188

 

5,188

 

Securities available for sale

 

364,838

 

364,838

 

203,834

 

203,834

 

Loans receivable, net

 

391,609

 

396,640

 

427,928

 

426,527

 

FHLB stock

 

7,050

 

7,050

 

8,092

 

8,092

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

4,344

 

4,344

 

4,497

 

4,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing demand deposits

 

442,158

 

442,158

 

308,852

 

308,852

 

Interest bearing demand deposits, savings, and money markets

 

65,426

 

65,426

 

67,461

 

67,461

 

Certificates of deposit

 

146,163

 

148,673

 

123,491

 

124,808

 

Total deposits

 

653,747

 

656,257

 

499,804

 

501,121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances from FHLB

 

74,800

 

76,034

 

132,025

 

134,558

 

FRB TAF Borrowings

 

25,000

 

25,000

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

6,686

 

6,686

 

5,348

 

5,348

 

Subordinated debentures

 

10,310

 

10,656

 

10,310

 

17,834

 

Accrued interest payable

 

447

 

447

 

578

 

578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance-sheet instruments, loan commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following sets forth the methods and assumptions used in determining the fair value estimates for the Company’s financial instruments at September 30, 2009 and 2008.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The carrying amount of cash and short-term investments is assumed to approximate the fair value.

 

FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD

The carrying amount of federal funds sold is assumed to approximate the fair value.

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

To the extent available, quoted market prices or dealer quotes were used to determine the fair value of securities available for sale.  For those securities which are thinly traded, or for which market data was not available, management estimated fair value using other available data.  The amount of securities for which quoted market prices were not available is not material to the portfolio as a whole.

 

LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET

The fair value of loans was estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for similar remaining maturities.  When using the discounting method to determine fair value, loans were gathered by homogeneous groups with similar terms and conditions and discounted at a target rate at which similar loans would be made to borrowers as of September 30, 2009 and 2008.  In addition, when computing the estimated fair value for all loans, allowances for loan losses have been subtracted from the calculated fair value for consideration of credit quality.

 

FHLB STOCK

The fair value of such stock is assumed to approximate book value since the Company is generally able to redeem this stock at par value.

 

ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable is assumed to approximate the fair value.

 

DEPOSITS

The carrying values of non-interest bearing checking deposits, interest bearing checking deposits, savings,

 

106



Table of Contents

 

and money markets is assumed to approximate fair value, since such deposits are immediately withdrawable without penalty.  The fair value of time certificates of deposit was estimated by discounting expected future cash flows by the current rates offered on certificates of deposit with similar remaining maturities.

 

In accordance with ASC 825 (SFAS No. 107), no value has been assigned to the Company’s long-term relationships with its deposit customers (core value of deposits intangible) since such intangible is not a financial instrument as defined under SFAS No. 107.

 

ADVANCES FROM FHLB

The fair value of such advances was estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using current interest rates as of September 30, 2009 and 2008 for advances with similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

FRB TAF BORROWINGS

The carrying amount of FRB TAF borrowings is assumed to approximate the fair value.

 

SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE AND SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

The fair value of these instruments was estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using derived interest rates approximating market as of September 30, 2009 and 2008 over the contractual maturity of such borrowings.

 

ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE

The carrying amount of accrued interest payable is assumed to approximate the fair value.

 

LOAN COMMITMENTS

The commitments to originate and purchase loans have terms that are consistent with current market terms.  Accordingly, the Company estimates that the fair values of these commitments are not significant.

 

LIMITATIONS

It must be noted that fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information about the financial instrument.  Additionally, fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business, customer relationships and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments.  These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument for sale at one time.  Furthermore, since no market exists for certain of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates may be based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with a high level of precision.  Changes in assumptions as well as tax considerations could significantly affect the estimates.  Accordingly, based on the limitations described above, the aggregate fair value estimates are not intended to represent the underlying value of the Company, on either a going concern or a liquidation basis.

 

107



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 22.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill and intangible assets for the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

 

 

Traditional
Banking
Goodwill

 

Meta Payment
Systems
®
Goodwill

 

Meta Payment
Systems
®
Patents

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2008

 

$

 1,508

 

$

 425

 

$

 273

 

$

 2,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions during the period

 

 

 

434

 

434

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dispositions during the period

 

 

(425

)

 

(425

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2009

 

$

 1,508

 

$

 —

 

$

 707

 

$

 2,215

 

 

 

 

Traditional
Banking
Goodwill

 

Meta Payment
Systems
®
Goodwill

 

Meta Payment
Systems
®
Patents

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2007

 

$

1,508

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,508

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions during the period

 

 

425

 

273

 

698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2008

 

$

1,508

 

$

425

 

$

273

 

$

2,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued Operations-Traditional Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2007

 

$

1,895

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dispositions during the period (1)

 

(1,895

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2008

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1) MetaBank WC was sold during the quarter ended March 31, 2008.

 

The Company did not have any amortizable intangible assets recorded at September 30, 2009 and 2008.

 

The Company tests goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least annually or more often if conditions indicate a possible impairment.  There was no impairment to goodwill and intangible assets during the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.

 

108



Table of Contents

 

Item 9.                                                           Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9A(T).           Controls and Procedures

 

(a)           Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures”, as such term is defined in Rules 13a—15(e) and 15d—15(e) of the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in timely alerting them to the material information relating to the Company required to be included in the Company’s periodic SEC filings.  There were no significant changes made in the Company’s internal controls during the period covered by this report or, to the Company’s knowledge, in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation.

 

(b)           Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.  Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations.  Because of such inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2009, based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework.”  After conducting the assessment, management determined that, as of September 30, 2009, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective, based on those criteria.

 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.  Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the SEC that permit us to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

 

Item 9B.                 Other Information

 

None.

 

109



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Directors

 

Information concerning directors of the Company is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in January 2010, a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after September 30, 2009 (the “2008 Proxy Statement”).

 

Executive Officers

 

Information concerning the executive officers of the Company is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in January 2010 and from the information set forth under the caption “Executive Officers of the Company Who Are Not Directors” contained in Part I, Item 1 “Description of Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Compliance with Section 16(a)

 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file with the SEC reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of common stock and other equity securities of the Company.  Officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulation to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

 

To the Company’s knowledge, based solely on a review of the copies of such reports furnished to the Company and written representations that no other reports were required during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its officers, directors and greater than 10 percent beneficial owners were complied with.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

Information regarding the audit committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, including information regarding Jeanne Partlow, the audit committee financial expert serving on the audit committee for fiscal 2009 is presented under the headings “Meetings and Committees”, “Audit Committee Matters” and under “Election of Directors” which contains Ms. Partlow’s biography, in the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on January 25, 2010, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a written code of ethics within the meaning of Item 406 of SEC Regulation S-K that applies to our principal executive officer and senior financial officers, a copy of which is available free of charge by contacting Lisa Binder, our Investor Relations Officer, at 800.792.6815 or from our internet website (www.bankmeta.com).

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

Information concerning executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in January 2010.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

(a)                                  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

 

110



Table of Contents

 

The information required by this item under the sections captioned “Voting Rights; Vote Required”, “Voting of Proxies; Revocability of Proxies: Proxy Solicitation Costs” and Stock Ownership” of the 2009 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b)           Security Ownership of Management

 

The information required by this item under the section captioned “Stock Ownership” of the 2009 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(c)           Changes in Control

 

Management of the Company knows of no arrangements, including any pledge by any persons of securities of the Company, the operation of which may, at a subsequent date; result in a change in control of the Registrant.

 

(d)           Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The Company maintains the 2002 Omnibus Incentive Plan for purposes of issuing stock based compensation to employees and directors.  An amendment to this plan, authorizing an additional 750,000 shares to be issued under this plan, was approved by the Board of Directors on November 30, 2007, and by the shareholders at the annual meeting held February 12, 2008.  The Company also has unexercised options outstanding under a previous stock option plan. The following table provides information about the Company’s common stock that may be issued under the Company’s omnibus incentive plans.

 

Plan Category

 

Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance under
equity compensation plan excluding
securities reflected in (a))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders

 

577,921

 

$

23.74

 

592,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation plans not approved by shareholders

 

0

 

$

0.00

 

0

 

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

Information concerning certain relationships and transactions is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in January 2010.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Information concerning the fees for professional services rendered by the Company’s principal accountant is incorporated herein by reference from the discussion under the heading “Independent Public Accountants” in the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in January 2010.

 

Information concerning the pre-approval policies and procedures of the Company’s Audit Committee is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Independent Public Accountants” of the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in January 2010.

 

111



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

The following is a list of documents filed as part of this report:

 

(a)                                  Financial Statements:

 

The following financial statements are included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

1.                                       Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

2.                                       Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of September 30, 2009 and 2008.

3.                                       Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

4.                                       Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

5.                                       Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

6.                                       Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

7.                                       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(b)                                  Exhibits:

 

See Index of Exhibits.

 

(c)                                  Financial Statement Schedules:

 

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not required under the related instructions or is inapplicable.

 

112



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

META FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

 

 

Date: December 10, 2009

By:

/s/ J. Tyler Haahr

 

 

J. Tyler Haahr

 

 

(Duly Authorized Representative)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

By:

/s/ J. Tyler Haahr

 

Date: December 10, 2009

 

J. Tyler Haahr, President

 

 

 

and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James S. Haahr

 

Date: December 10, 2009

 

James S. Haahr, Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ E. Wayne Cooley

 

Date: December 10, 2009

 

E. Wayne Cooley, Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ E. Thurman Gaskill

 

Date: December 10, 2009

 

E. Thurman Gaskill, Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brad Hanson

 

Date: December 10, 2009

 

Bradley C. Hanson, Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frederick V. Moore

 

Date: December 10, 2009

 

Frederick V. Moore, Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rodney G. Muilenburg

 

Date: December 10, 2009

 

Rodney G. Muilenburg, Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeanne Partlow

 

Date: December 10, 2009

 

Jeanne Partlow, Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David W. Leedom

 

Date: December 10, 2009

 

David W. Leedom, Senior Vice

 

 

 

President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

113



Table of Contents

 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

 

3(i)

 

Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation as currently in effect, filed on June 17, 1993 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-64654), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

3(ii)

 

Registrant’s Bylaws, as amended and restated, filed as Exhibit 3(ii) to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

4

 

Registrant’s Specimen Stock Certificate, filed on June 17, 1993 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-64654), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.1

 

Registrant’s 1995 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.2

 

Registrant’s 1993 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, filed on June 17, 1993 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-64654), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.3

 

Registrant’s Recognition and Retention Plan, filed on June 17, 1993 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-64654), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.4

 

Employment agreement between MetaBank and J. Tyler Haahr, originally filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.  First amendment to such agreement, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.5

 

Registrant’s Supplemental Employees’ Investment Plan, originally filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1994 (Commission File No. 0-22140).  First amendment to such agreement, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.6

 

Employment agreement between MetaBank and James S. Haahr, originally filed on June 17, 1993 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 33-64654).  First amendment to such agreement, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 (Commission File No. 33-64654), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.7

 

Registrant’s Executive Officer Compensation Program, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.8

 

Registrant’s Executive Officer Incentive Stock Option Plan for Mergers and Acquisitions, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.9

 

Registrant’s 2002 Omnibus Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

10.10

 

Employment agreement between MetaBank and Bradley C. Hanson, originally filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 (Commission File No. 0-22140).  First amendment to such agreement, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.11

 

Employment agreement between MetaBank and Troy Moore III, originally filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 (Commission File No. 0-22140).  First amendment to such agreement, filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.12

 

The First Amendment to Registrant’s 2002 Omnibus Incentive Plan, adopted by the Registrant on August 28, 2006, and filed on December 19, 2006 as Exhibit A to Registrant’s Schedule 14A (DEF 14A) Proxy Statement (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated by reference.

 

 

 

10.13

 

Settlement Agreement by and between First Indiana Bank, N.A. and MetaBank dated March 13, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.14

 

The Second Amendment to Registrant’s 2002 Omnibus Incentive Plan, adopted by the Registrant on November 30, 2007, and filed on January 3, 2008 as Exhibit A to Registrant’s Schedule 14A (DEF 14A) Proxy Statement (Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated by reference.

 

 

 

10.15

 

Agreement for Purchase of Selected Assets and Assumption of Certain Liabilities of the Laurens Office of MetaBank by and between MetaBank and Iowa Trust and Savings Bank dated January 31, 2007, filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007 (Commission File No. 0-22140).

 

 

 

10.16

 

Agreement for Purchase of Selected Assets and Assumption of Certain Liabilities of the Sac City, Odebolt and Lake View Offices of MetaBank by and between MetaBank and Iowa State Bank dated January 31, 2007, filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007 (Commission File No. 0-22140).

 

 

 

10.17

 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Anita Bancorporation, Meta Financial Group, Inc. and MetaBank West Central dated November 27, 2007, filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007 (Commission File No. 0-22140).

 

 

 

10.18

 

Employment agreement between MetaBank and David W. Leedom, dated October 27, 2008 filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 Commission File No. 0-22140), is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.19

 

Amended and Restated Contract for Deferred Compensation between MetaBank and James S. Haahr, dated September 27, 2005 and the first amendment thereto filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

11

 

Statement re: computation of per share earnings (See Note 3 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which is included in Part II, Item 8 “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

 

 

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant are filed herewith.

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of KPMG, LLP is filed herewith.

 

 

 

23.2

 

Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP is filed herewith.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed herewith.

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed herewith.

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of the CEO pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed herewith.

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of the CFO pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed herewith.

 

3